1 /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 #include "blockinput.h"
47 #include "dispextern.h"
49 #include "termhooks.h"
56 #include "intervals.h"
57 #include "composite.h"
60 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
62 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
67 enum fringe_bitmap_type
70 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
71 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
73 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
,
74 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
,
78 /* Bitmaps are all unsigned short, as Windows requires bitmap data to
79 be Word aligned. For some reason they are horizontally reflected
80 compared to how they appear on X, so changes in xterm.c should be
83 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
84 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
89 static unsigned short zv_bits
[] = {
90 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
91 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
92 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
93 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
94 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
95 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
96 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
97 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00};
98 static HBITMAP zv_bmp
;
100 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
103 #define left_height 8
104 static unsigned short left_bits
[] = {
105 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
106 static HBITMAP left_bmp
;
108 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
110 #define right_width 8
111 #define right_height 8
112 static unsigned short right_bits
[] = {
113 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
114 static HBITMAP right_bmp
;
116 /* Marker for continued lines. */
118 #define continued_width 8
119 #define continued_height 8
120 static unsigned short continued_bits
[] = {
121 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
122 static HBITMAP continued_bmp
;
124 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
126 #define continuation_width 8
127 #define continuation_height 8
128 static unsigned short continuation_bits
[] = {
129 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
130 static HBITMAP continuation_bmp
;
132 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
138 static unsigned short ov_bits
[] = {
139 0x0c, 0x10, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x5e, 0x5e, 0x46, 0x3c};
141 /* A triangular arrow. */
144 static unsigned short ov_bits
[] = {
145 0xc0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xc0};
147 static HBITMAP ov_bmp
;
149 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo
;
152 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
154 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
156 /* If a string, w32_read_socket generates an event to display that string.
157 (The display is done in read_char.) */
159 static Lisp_Object help_echo
;
160 static Lisp_Object help_echo_window
;
161 static Lisp_Object help_echo_object
;
162 static int help_echo_pos
;
164 /* Temporary variable for w32_read_socket. */
166 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo
;
168 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
171 static int any_help_event_p
;
173 /* Non-zero means autoselect window with the mouse cursor. */
175 int mouse_autoselect_window
;
177 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
178 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
179 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
181 int x_stretch_cursor_p
;
183 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
185 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
187 extern unsigned int msh_mousewheel
;
189 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
191 extern int w32_codepage_for_font (char *fontname
);
193 extern glyph_metric
*w32_BDF_TextMetric(bdffont
*fontp
,
194 unsigned char *text
, int dim
);
195 extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system
;
197 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
198 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
201 /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */
202 struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info
;
203 struct w32_display_info
*x_display_list
;
205 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
206 one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order.
207 NAME is the name of the frame.
208 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
209 Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list
;
211 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
212 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
213 w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
214 In that case, the w32 functions assume that `SELECTED_FRAME ()'
215 is the frame to apply to. */
216 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
218 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
219 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
221 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
222 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
223 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
225 struct cursor_pos output_cursor
;
227 /* The handle of the frame that currently owns the system caret. */
228 HWND w32_system_caret_hwnd
;
229 int w32_system_caret_height
;
230 int w32_system_caret_x
;
231 int w32_system_caret_y
;
232 int w32_use_visible_system_caret
;
234 /* Flag to enable Unicode output in case users wish to use programs
235 like Twinbridge on '95 rather than installed system level support
236 for Far East languages. */
237 int w32_enable_unicode_output
;
239 DWORD dwWindowsThreadId
= 0;
240 HANDLE hWindowsThread
= NULL
;
241 DWORD dwMainThreadId
= 0;
242 HANDLE hMainThread
= NULL
;
245 /* These definitions are new with Windows 95. */
246 #define SIF_RANGE 0x0001
247 #define SIF_PAGE 0x0002
248 #define SIF_POS 0x0004
249 #define SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL 0x0008
250 #define SIF_TRACKPOS 0x0010
251 #define SIF_ALL (SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_TRACKPOS)
253 typedef struct tagSCROLLINFO
262 } SCROLLINFO
, FAR
*LPSCROLLINFO
;
263 typedef SCROLLINFO CONST FAR
*LPCSCROLLINFO
;
266 /* Dynamic linking to new proportional scroll bar functions. */
267 int (PASCAL
*pfnSetScrollInfo
) (HWND hwnd
, int fnBar
, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi
, BOOL fRedraw
);
268 BOOL (PASCAL
*pfnGetScrollInfo
) (HWND hwnd
, int fnBar
, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi
);
270 int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle
;
271 int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border
;
272 int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border
;
274 int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos
;
276 /* Mouse movement. */
278 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
280 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame
;
281 static RECT last_mouse_glyph
;
282 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
284 Lisp_Object Vw32_num_mouse_buttons
;
286 Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
;
288 /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */
289 Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise
;
291 /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */
292 Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock
;
294 /* Control whether right-alt and left-ctrl should be recognized as AltGr. */
295 Lisp_Object Vw32_recognize_altgr
;
297 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
299 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
300 so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
303 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
304 to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
305 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
306 static int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos
;
308 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would
309 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
310 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
311 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
312 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
313 it's somewhat accurate. */
315 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
317 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read
321 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
323 static int input_signal_count
;
326 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
328 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qmouse_face
;
334 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
336 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
338 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
339 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
341 enum draw_glyphs_face
351 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
352 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy
P_ ((struct window
*, int *, int *));
353 void w32_delete_display
P_ ((struct w32_display_info
*));
354 static int fast_find_position
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int *, int *,
355 int *, int *, Lisp_Object
));
356 static int fast_find_string_pos
P_ ((struct window
*, int, Lisp_Object
,
357 int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
358 static void set_output_cursor
P_ ((struct cursor_pos
*));
359 static struct glyph
*x_y_to_hpos_vpos
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int,
360 int *, int *, int *, int));
361 static void note_mode_line_highlight
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
362 static void note_mouse_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
363 static void note_tool_bar_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int));
364 static void w32_handle_tool_bar_click
P_ ((struct frame
*,
365 struct input_event
*));
366 static void show_mouse_face
P_ ((struct w32_display_info
*,
367 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
368 static int cursor_in_mouse_face_p
P_ ((struct window
*));
369 static int clear_mouse_face
P_ ((struct w32_display_info
*));
371 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
372 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
373 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
374 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
375 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
376 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
377 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
378 void w32_initialize
P_ ((void));
379 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
380 int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
381 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph
P_ ((struct window
*,
383 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
384 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
385 static void w32_frame_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
386 static void w32_set_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
387 static void w32_reset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
388 static void w32_cursor_to
P_ ((int, int, int, int));
389 static void x_write_glyphs
P_ ((struct glyph
*, int));
390 static void x_clear_end_of_line
P_ ((int));
391 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
392 static void x_clear_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
393 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
394 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
395 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct w32_display_info
*,
397 static void w32_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
398 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct w32_display_info
*));
399 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
400 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int));
401 static void expose_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int));
402 static int expose_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, RECT
*));
403 static int expose_window
P_ ((struct window
*, RECT
*));
404 static void expose_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
405 RECT
*, enum glyph_row_area
));
406 static int expose_line
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
408 void x_update_cursor
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
409 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
410 static void x_update_window_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
411 static void x_erase_phys_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
412 void x_display_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*w
, int, int, int, int, int));
413 void x_display_and_set_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int, int, int, int));
414 static void w32_draw_fringe_bitmap
P_ ((struct window
*, HDC hdc
,
416 enum fringe_bitmap_type
, int left_p
));
417 static void w32_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
419 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p
P_ ((struct window
*, RECT
*));
420 static void x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps
P_ ((struct window
*,
421 struct glyph_row
*));
422 static void notice_overwritten_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*,
424 int, int, int, int));
426 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
429 /***********************************************************************
431 ***********************************************************************/
435 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
436 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
444 struct record event_record
[100];
446 int event_record_index
;
448 record_event (locus
, type
)
452 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
453 event_record_index
= 0;
455 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
456 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
457 event_record_index
++;
463 void XChangeGC (void * ignore
, XGCValues
* gc
, unsigned long mask
,
466 if (mask
& GCForeground
)
467 gc
->foreground
= xgcv
->foreground
;
468 if (mask
& GCBackground
)
469 gc
->background
= xgcv
->background
;
471 gc
->font
= xgcv
->font
;
474 XGCValues
*XCreateGC (void * ignore
, Window window
, unsigned long mask
,
477 XGCValues
*gc
= (XGCValues
*) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues
));
478 bzero (gc
, sizeof (XGCValues
));
480 XChangeGC (ignore
, gc
, mask
, xgcv
);
485 void XGetGCValues (void* ignore
, XGCValues
*gc
,
486 unsigned long mask
, XGCValues
*xgcv
)
488 XChangeGC (ignore
, xgcv
, mask
, gc
);
492 w32_set_clip_rectangle (HDC hdc
, RECT
*rect
)
496 HRGN clip_region
= CreateRectRgnIndirect (rect
);
497 SelectClipRgn (hdc
, clip_region
);
498 DeleteObject (clip_region
);
501 SelectClipRgn (hdc
, NULL
);
505 /* Draw a hollow rectangle at the specified position. */
507 w32_draw_rectangle (HDC hdc
, XGCValues
*gc
, int x
, int y
,
508 int width
, int height
)
513 hb
= CreateSolidBrush (gc
->background
);
514 hp
= CreatePen (PS_SOLID
, 0, gc
->foreground
);
515 oldhb
= SelectObject (hdc
, hb
);
516 oldhp
= SelectObject (hdc
, hp
);
518 Rectangle (hdc
, x
, y
, x
+ width
, y
+ height
);
520 SelectObject (hdc
, oldhb
);
521 SelectObject (hdc
, oldhp
);
526 /* Draw a filled rectangle at the specified position. */
528 w32_fill_rect (f
, hdc
, pix
, lprect
)
536 hb
= CreateSolidBrush (pix
);
537 FillRect (hdc
, lprect
, hb
);
546 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
548 /* Under certain conditions, this can be called at startup with
549 a console frame pointer before the GUI frame is created. An HDC
550 of 0 indicates this. */
553 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rect
);
554 w32_clear_rect (f
, hdc
, &rect
);
557 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
561 /***********************************************************************
562 Starting and ending an update
563 ***********************************************************************/
565 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
566 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
567 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
568 each window being updated. */
574 struct w32_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
576 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
579 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested
580 colors has changed. */
581 if (display_info
->regen_palette
)
583 w32_regenerate_palette (f
);
584 display_info
->regen_palette
= FALSE
;
589 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
590 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
594 x_update_window_begin (w
)
597 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
598 struct w32_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
600 /* Hide the system caret during an update. */
601 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
)
602 SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd
, WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET
, 0, 0);
605 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
609 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
611 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
612 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
614 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
616 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
617 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
619 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
620 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
621 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
622 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
623 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
624 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
626 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
627 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
628 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
629 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
630 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
631 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
632 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
636 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
637 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
640 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
641 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
650 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
651 have vertical scroll bars. */
654 x_draw_vertical_border (w
)
657 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
659 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
660 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
661 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
662 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
663 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
664 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
669 window_box_edges (w
, -1, (int *) &r
.left
, (int *) &r
.top
,
670 (int *) &r
.right
, (int *) &r
.bottom
);
671 r
.left
= r
.right
+ FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
672 r
.right
= r
.left
+ 1;
675 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
676 w32_fill_rect (f
, hdc
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
), &r
);
677 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
682 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
684 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
685 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
687 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
688 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
689 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
691 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
692 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
696 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
698 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
700 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
701 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
703 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
708 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
710 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
712 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
716 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
717 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
718 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
720 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
721 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
722 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
725 /* Unhide the caret. This won't actually show the cursor, unless it
726 was visible before the corresponding call to HideCaret in
727 x_update_window_begin. */
728 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
)
729 SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd
, WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET
, 0, 0);
731 updated_window
= NULL
;
735 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
742 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
745 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
746 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
750 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
751 complete update has been performed. The global variable
752 updated_window is not available here. */
755 w32_frame_up_to_date (f
)
760 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
761 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
762 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
765 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
766 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
767 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
768 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
769 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
776 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
777 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
778 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
779 found in updated_window. This function is called from
780 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
781 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
784 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
785 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
787 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
793 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
796 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, desired_row
);
800 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
801 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
802 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
803 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
804 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
805 overhead is very small. */
806 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
807 && desired_row
->full_width_p
808 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
809 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
811 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
814 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
815 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
816 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
817 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
822 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
823 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, 0, y
, width
, height
);
824 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, f
->output_data
.w32
->pixel_width
- width
,
826 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
833 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of
834 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
835 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
839 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, hdc
, row
, which
, left_p
)
842 struct glyph_row
*row
;
843 enum fringe_bitmap_type which
;
846 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
847 Window window
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
855 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
856 w32_clip_to_row (w
, row
, hdc
, 1);
858 /* Convert row to frame coordinates. */
859 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
863 case NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
:
868 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
874 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
:
880 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
886 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
:
887 wd
= continued_width
;
888 h
= continued_height
;
889 pixmap
= continued_bmp
;
892 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
:
893 wd
= continuation_width
;
894 h
= continuation_height
;
895 pixmap
= continuation_bmp
;
900 h
= zv_height
- (y
% zv_period
);
908 /* Clip bitmap if too high. */
912 /* Set dy to the offset in the row to start drawing the bitmap. */
913 dy
= (row
->height
- h
) / 2;
915 /* Draw the bitmap. */
916 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, FRINGE_FACE_ID
);
917 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
919 /* Clear left fringe if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
924 if (wd
> FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
))
925 wd
= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
926 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
928 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
929 if (wd
< FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) || row
->height
> h
)
931 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
932 int border
= ((XFASTINT (w
->left
) > 0
933 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
935 b1
= (window_box_left (w
, -1)
936 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
)
938 b2
= (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) - border
);
943 if (wd
> FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
))
944 wd
= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
945 x
= (window_box_right (w
, -1)
946 + (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
947 /* Clear right fringe if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
949 if (wd
< FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) || row
->height
> h
)
951 b1
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
952 b2
= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
958 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
960 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, face
->background
,
962 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
965 row
->visible_height
);
968 if (which
== NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
)
971 compat_hdc
= CreateCompatibleDC (hdc
);
974 horig_obj
= SelectObject (compat_hdc
, pixmap
);
975 SetTextColor (hdc
, face
->background
);
976 SetBkColor (hdc
, face
->foreground
);
978 BitBlt (hdc
, x
, y
+ dy
, wd
, h
, compat_hdc
, 0,
979 (which
== ZV_LINE_BITMAP
? (row
->y
% zv_period
) : 0),
982 SelectObject (compat_hdc
, horig_obj
);
983 DeleteDC (compat_hdc
);
988 /* Draw fringe bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
989 function with input blocked. */
992 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, row
)
994 struct glyph_row
*row
;
996 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
997 enum fringe_bitmap_type bitmap
;
1000 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
1002 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
1003 don't have to draw anything. */
1004 if (row
->visible_height
<= 0)
1007 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
1009 if (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) != 0)
1011 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the left fringe. */
1012 if (row
->overlay_arrow_p
)
1013 bitmap
= OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
;
1014 else if (row
->truncated_on_left_p
)
1015 bitmap
= LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
1016 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
))
1017 bitmap
= CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
;
1018 else if (row
->indicate_empty_line_p
)
1019 bitmap
= ZV_LINE_BITMAP
;
1021 bitmap
= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
;
1023 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, hdc
, row
, bitmap
, 1);
1026 if (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) != 0)
1028 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the right fringe. */
1029 if (row
->truncated_on_right_p
)
1030 bitmap
= RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
1031 else if (row
->continued_p
)
1032 bitmap
= CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
;
1033 else if (row
->indicate_empty_line_p
&& FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
) == 0)
1034 bitmap
= ZV_LINE_BITMAP
;
1036 bitmap
= NO_FRINGE_BITMAP
;
1038 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, hdc
, row
, bitmap
, 0);
1041 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
1045 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1046 suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing
1047 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1051 w32_set_terminal_modes (void)
1055 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1056 the W32 windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1059 w32_reset_terminal_modes (void)
1065 /***********************************************************************
1067 ***********************************************************************/
1069 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1070 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1073 set_output_cursor (cursor
)
1074 struct cursor_pos
*cursor
;
1076 output_cursor
.hpos
= cursor
->hpos
;
1077 output_cursor
.vpos
= cursor
->vpos
;
1078 output_cursor
.x
= cursor
->x
;
1079 output_cursor
.y
= cursor
->y
;
1083 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1085 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1086 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1088 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1089 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1090 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1091 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1094 w32_cursor_to (vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
)
1095 int vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
;
1099 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1103 w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
1105 /* Set the output cursor. */
1106 output_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
1107 output_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
1108 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
1109 output_cursor
.y
= y
;
1111 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1112 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1113 if (updated_window
== NULL
)
1116 x_display_cursor (w
, 1, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
1123 /***********************************************************************
1125 ***********************************************************************/
1127 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1129 static struct face
*x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*,
1133 static struct face
*x_get_char_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*, int,
1134 int, wchar_t *, int));
1135 static XCharStruct
*w32_per_char_metric
P_ ((XFontStruct
*,
1137 enum w32_char_font_type
));
1138 static enum w32_char_font_type
1139 w32_encode_char
P_ ((int, wchar_t *, struct font_info
*, int *));
1140 static void x_append_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1141 static void x_append_composite_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1142 static void x_append_stretch_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object
,
1144 static void x_produce_glyphs
P_ ((struct it
*));
1145 static void x_produce_image_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
));
1148 /* Dealing with bits of wchar_t as if they were an XChar2B. */
1149 #define BUILD_WCHAR_T(byte1, byte2) \
1150 ((wchar_t)((((byte1) & 0x00ff) << 8) | ((byte2) & 0x00ff)))
1154 (((ch) & 0xff00) >> 8)
1160 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is always non-null.
1161 If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character
1162 metric is returned. */
1165 w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, dim
, pcm
)
1171 glyph_metric
* bdf_metric
;
1175 buf
[0] = (char)(*char2b
);
1178 buf
[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b
);
1179 buf
[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b
);
1182 bdf_metric
= w32_BDF_TextMetric (font
->bdf
, buf
, dim
);
1186 pcm
->width
= bdf_metric
->dwidth
;
1187 pcm
->lbearing
= bdf_metric
->bbox
;
1188 pcm
->rbearing
= bdf_metric
->dwidth
1189 - (bdf_metric
->bbox
+ bdf_metric
->bbw
);
1190 pcm
->ascent
= bdf_metric
->bboy
+ bdf_metric
->bbh
;
1191 pcm
->descent
= -bdf_metric
->bboy
;
1200 w32_native_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
, pcm
)
1203 enum w32_char_font_type font_type
;
1206 HDC hdc
= GetDC (NULL
);
1208 BOOL retval
= FALSE
;
1210 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
1211 xassert (font
->hfont
);
1212 xassert (font_type
== UNICODE_FONT
|| font_type
== ANSI_FONT
);
1214 old_font
= SelectObject (hdc
, font
->hfont
);
1216 if ((font
->tm
.tmPitchAndFamily
& TMPF_TRUETYPE
) != 0)
1220 if (font_type
== UNICODE_FONT
)
1221 retval
= GetCharABCWidthsW (hdc
, *char2b
, *char2b
, &char_widths
);
1223 retval
= GetCharABCWidthsA (hdc
, *char2b
, *char2b
, &char_widths
);
1228 /* Disabled until we can find a way to get the right results
1229 on all versions of Windows. */
1231 /* Don't trust the ABC widths. For synthesized fonts they are
1232 wrong, and so is the result of GetCharWidth()! */
1234 GetCharWidth (hdc
, *char2b
, *char2b
, &real_width
);
1236 pcm
->width
= char_widths
.abcA
+ char_widths
.abcB
+ char_widths
.abcC
;
1238 /* As far as I can tell, this is the best way to determine what
1239 ExtTextOut will do with the broken font. */
1240 if (pcm
->width
!= real_width
)
1241 pcm
->width
= (pcm
->width
+ real_width
) / 2;
1243 pcm
->lbearing
= char_widths
.abcA
;
1244 pcm
->rbearing
= char_widths
.abcA
+ char_widths
.abcB
;
1245 pcm
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
);
1246 pcm
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
);
1252 /* Either font is not a True-type font, or GetCharABCWidthsW
1253 failed (it is not supported on Windows 9x for instance), so we
1254 can't determine the full info we would like. All is not lost
1255 though - we can call GetTextExtentPoint32 to get rbearing and
1256 deduce width based on the font's per-string overhang. lbearing
1257 is assumed to be zero. */
1259 /* TODO: Some Thai characters (and other composites if Windows
1260 supports them) do have lbearing, and report their total width
1261 as zero. Need some way of handling them when
1262 GetCharABCWidthsW fails. */
1265 if (font_type
== UNICODE_FONT
)
1266 retval
= GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc
, char2b
, 1, &sz
);
1268 retval
= GetTextExtentPoint32A (hdc
, (char*)char2b
, 1, &sz
);
1272 pcm
->width
= sz
.cx
- font
->tm
.tmOverhang
;
1273 pcm
->rbearing
= sz
.cx
;
1275 pcm
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
);
1276 pcm
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
);
1281 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0)
1286 SelectObject (hdc
, old_font
);
1287 ReleaseDC (NULL
, hdc
);
1293 static XCharStruct
*
1294 w32_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
1297 enum w32_char_font_type font_type
;
1299 /* The result metric information. */
1303 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
1304 xassert (font_type
!= UNKNOWN_FONT
);
1306 /* Handle the common cases quickly. */
1307 if (!font
->bdf
&& font
->per_char
== NULL
)
1308 /* TODO: determine whether char2b exists in font? */
1309 return &font
->max_bounds
;
1310 else if (!font
->bdf
&& *char2b
< 128)
1311 return &font
->per_char
[*char2b
];
1313 pcm
= &font
->scratch
;
1315 if (font_type
== BDF_1D_FONT
)
1316 retval
= w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, 1, pcm
);
1317 else if (font_type
== BDF_2D_FONT
)
1318 retval
= w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, 2, pcm
);
1320 retval
= w32_native_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
, pcm
);
1329 w32_cache_char_metrics (font
)
1332 wchar_t char2b
= L
'x';
1334 /* Cache char metrics for the common cases. */
1337 /* TODO: determine whether font is fixed-pitch. */
1338 if (!w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 1, &font
->max_bounds
))
1340 /* Use the font width and height as max bounds, as not all BDF
1341 fonts contain the letter 'x'. */
1342 font
->max_bounds
.width
= FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font
);
1343 font
->max_bounds
.lbearing
= -font
->bdf
->llx
;
1344 font
->max_bounds
.rbearing
= FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font
) - font
->bdf
->urx
;
1345 font
->max_bounds
.ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
);
1346 font
->max_bounds
.descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
);
1351 if (((font
->tm
.tmPitchAndFamily
& TMPF_FIXED_PITCH
) != 0)
1352 /* Some fonts (eg DBCS fonts) are marked as fixed width even
1353 though they contain characters of different widths. */
1354 || (font
->tm
.tmMaxCharWidth
!= font
->tm
.tmAveCharWidth
))
1356 /* Font is not fixed pitch, so cache per_char info for the
1357 ASCII characters. It would be much more work, and probably
1358 not worth it, to cache other chars, since we may change
1359 between using Unicode and ANSI text drawing functions at
1363 font
->per_char
= xmalloc (128 * sizeof(XCharStruct
));
1364 for (i
= 0; i
< 128; i
++)
1367 w32_native_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, ANSI_FONT
,
1368 &font
->per_char
[i
]);
1372 w32_native_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, ANSI_FONT
,
1378 /* Determine if a font is double byte. */
1379 int w32_font_is_double_byte (XFontStruct
*font
)
1381 return font
->double_byte_p
;
1386 w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage
)
1389 /* If the current codepage is supported, use Unicode for output. */
1390 return (w32_enable_unicode_output
1391 && codepage
!= CP_8BIT
1392 && (codepage
== CP_UNICODE
|| IsValidCodePage (codepage
)));
1395 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1396 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1398 static INLINE
enum w32_char_font_type
1399 w32_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
1402 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1405 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
1409 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
1411 xassert (two_byte_p
);
1413 *two_byte_p
= w32_font_is_double_byte (font
);
1415 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1416 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1418 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
1420 /* It's a program. */
1421 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
1423 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
1425 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1426 ccl
->reg
[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b
);
1430 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1431 ccl
->reg
[1] = BYTE1 (*char2b
);
1432 ccl
->reg
[2] = BYTE2 (*char2b
);
1435 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
1437 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1439 if (!*two_byte_p
) /* 1-byte font */
1440 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, ccl
->reg
[1]);
1442 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (ccl
->reg
[1], ccl
->reg
[2]);
1444 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
1446 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1447 encoding numbers. */
1448 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
1450 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
1451 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
1452 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b
) | 0x80, BYTE2 (*char2b
));
1454 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3
1455 || (enc
== 4 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1))
1456 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b
), BYTE2 (*char2b
) | 0x80);
1461 ENCODE_SJIS (BYTE1 (*char2b
), BYTE2 (*char2b
),
1463 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (sjis1
, sjis2
);
1466 codepage
= font_info
->codepage
;
1468 /* If charset is not ASCII or Latin-1, may need to move it into
1470 if ( font
&& !font
->bdf
&& w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage
)
1471 && charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
&& charset
!= charset_latin_iso8859_1
1472 && charset
!= CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL
&& charset
!= CHARSET_8_BIT_GRAPHIC
)
1475 temp
[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b
);
1476 temp
[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b
);
1478 if (codepage
!= CP_UNICODE
)
1481 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage
, 0, temp
, 2, char2b
, 1);
1483 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage
, 0, temp
+1, 1, char2b
, 1);
1489 return UNKNOWN_FONT
;
1490 else if (font
->bdf
&& CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
1495 return UNICODE_FONT
;
1501 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1502 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1503 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1504 realized face that is ready for display. */
1506 static INLINE
struct face
*
1507 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f
, c
, face_id
, char2b
, multibyte_p
)
1513 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1517 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1518 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1519 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c
);
1520 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (f
, face
, c
);
1521 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1523 else if (c
< 128 && face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1525 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1526 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c
);
1530 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1532 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1533 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1534 SPLIT_CHAR (c
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1536 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1
, c2
);
1538 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1
);
1540 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1541 if (face
->font
!= NULL
)
1543 struct font_info
*font_info
1544 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1546 w32_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, &multibyte_p
);
1550 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1551 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1552 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1558 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1559 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1560 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1562 static INLINE
struct face
*
1563 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, char2b
, two_byte_p
)
1565 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1572 xassert (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
);
1573 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->face_id
);
1578 two_byte_p
= &dummy
;
1580 if (!glyph
->multibyte_p
)
1582 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1583 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1584 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph
->u
.ch
);
1586 else if (glyph
->u
.ch
< 128
1587 && glyph
->face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1589 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1590 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph
->u
.ch
);
1594 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1596 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1597 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1598 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph
->u
.ch
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1600 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1
, c2
);
1602 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1
);
1604 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1605 if (charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
)
1607 struct font_info
*font_info
1608 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1611 glyph
->w32_font_type
1612 = w32_encode_char (glyph
->u
.ch
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
);
1617 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1618 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1619 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1624 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1625 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1631 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1632 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1634 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1635 xassert (it
->char_to_display
!= '\n' && it
->char_to_display
!= '\t');
1637 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1638 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1640 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1641 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1642 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1643 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1644 glyph
->type
= CHAR_GLYPH
;
1645 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1646 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1647 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1648 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1649 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1650 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1651 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= it
->glyph_not_available_p
;
1652 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1653 glyph
->u
.ch
= it
->char_to_display
;
1654 glyph
->w32_font_type
= UNKNOWN_FONT
;
1655 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1659 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1660 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1663 x_append_composite_glyph (it
)
1666 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1667 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1669 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1671 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1672 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1674 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1675 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1676 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1677 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1678 glyph
->type
= COMPOSITE_GLYPH
;
1679 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1680 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1681 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1682 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1683 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1684 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1685 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1686 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1687 glyph
->u
.cmp_id
= it
->cmp_id
;
1688 glyph
->w32_font_type
= UNKNOWN_FONT
;
1689 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1694 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1698 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
)
1703 if (it
->voffset
< 0)
1704 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1706 it
->ascent
+= abs (it
->voffset
);
1708 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1710 it
->descent
+= it
->voffset
;
1715 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1716 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1717 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1720 x_produce_image_glyph (it
)
1726 xassert (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
);
1728 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1729 img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->image_id
);
1732 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1733 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1734 prepare_image_for_display (it
->f
, img
);
1736 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= image_ascent (img
, face
);
1737 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= img
->height
+ 2 * img
->vmargin
- it
->ascent
;
1738 it
->pixel_width
= img
->width
+ 2 * img
->hmargin
;
1742 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1744 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1746 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1747 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1750 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1751 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1752 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1753 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1756 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1760 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1761 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1763 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1764 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1766 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1767 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1768 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1769 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1770 glyph
->type
= IMAGE_GLYPH
;
1771 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1772 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1773 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1774 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
1775 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1776 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1777 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1778 glyph
->u
.img_id
= img
->id
;
1779 glyph
->w32_font_type
= UNKNOWN_FONT
;
1780 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1786 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1787 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1788 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1789 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1792 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
)
1798 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1799 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1801 xassert (ascent
>= 0 && ascent
<= 1);
1803 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1804 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1806 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1807 glyph
->object
= object
;
1808 glyph
->pixel_width
= width
;
1809 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1810 glyph
->type
= STRETCH_GLYPH
;
1811 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1812 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1813 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1814 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
1815 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1816 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1817 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1818 glyph
->u
.stretch
.ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1819 glyph
->u
.stretch
.height
= height
;
1820 glyph
->w32_font_type
= UNKNOWN_FONT
;
1821 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1826 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1827 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1828 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1831 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1832 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1835 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1836 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1837 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1839 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1840 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1842 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1844 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1845 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1847 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the
1848 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1851 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1853 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1854 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1855 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1858 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1864 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
)
1867 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1869 extern Lisp_Object Qspace
;
1871 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth
, QCheight
, QCascent
;
1872 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width
, QCrelative_height
;
1873 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to
;
1874 Lisp_Object prop
, plist
;
1875 double width
= 0, height
= 0, ascent
= 0;
1876 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1877 XFontStruct
*font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
1879 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1881 /* List should start with `space'. */
1882 xassert (CONSP (it
->object
) && EQ (XCAR (it
->object
), Qspace
));
1883 plist
= XCDR (it
->object
);
1885 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1886 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCwidth
),
1888 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1889 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1890 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_width
),
1893 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1894 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1897 unsigned char *p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1900 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
1902 int maxlen
= ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) >= GPT
? ZV
: GPT
)
1903 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1904 it2
.c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p
, maxlen
, it2
.len
);
1907 it2
.c
= *p
, it2
.len
= 1;
1909 it2
.glyph_row
= NULL
;
1910 it2
.what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
1911 x_produce_glyphs (&it2
);
1912 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * it2
.pixel_width
;
1914 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCalign_to
),
1916 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
) - it
->current_x
;
1918 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1919 width
= CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1921 /* Compute height. */
1922 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCheight
),
1924 height
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it
->f
);
1925 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_height
),
1927 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
) * NUMVAL (prop
);
1929 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1931 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1932 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1933 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1934 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCascent
),
1935 NUMVAL (prop
) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop
) <= 100)
1936 ascent
= NUMVAL (prop
) / 100.0;
1938 ascent
= (double) FONT_BASE (font
) / FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1947 Lisp_Object object
= it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].string
;
1948 if (!STRINGP (object
))
1949 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
1950 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
);
1953 it
->pixel_width
= width
;
1954 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1955 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= height
- it
->ascent
;
1958 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1960 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1962 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1963 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1966 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1967 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1968 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1969 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1972 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1975 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1976 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1977 center of the line of frame F.
1979 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1981 -------------------------+-----------+-
1982 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1984 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
1987 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
1989 | |---------|-+-+ | |
1991 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
1992 -------------------------+-----------+-
1994 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
1995 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
1996 DESCENT = FONT->descent
1997 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
1998 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
1999 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
2000 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
2003 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
2004 (FONT_DESCENT (FONT) \
2005 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \
2006 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \
2007 - (FONT_DESCENT (FRAME_FONT (F)) - FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (F)))
2009 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
2010 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
2011 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
2014 x_produce_glyphs (it
)
2017 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
2019 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
2023 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2025 int font_not_found_p
;
2026 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2027 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
2028 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
2029 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
2032 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
2033 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
2034 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
2035 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
2038 int saved_multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
2040 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
2042 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
2043 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it
->c
))
2045 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2046 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
2048 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
)))
2050 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
2051 it
->multibyte_p
= 1;
2052 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
2053 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2055 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
2056 && !it
->multibyte_p
)
2058 it
->multibyte_p
= 1;
2059 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
2060 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2064 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2065 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
2066 it
->face_id
, &char2b
,
2070 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2071 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
2072 if (font_not_found_p
)
2074 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2075 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.w32
->baseline_offset
;
2080 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2081 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2082 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2083 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2086 if (it
->char_to_display
>= ' '
2087 && (!it
->multibyte_p
|| it
->char_to_display
< 128))
2089 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
2094 pcm
= w32_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
,
2095 font
->bdf
? BDF_1D_FONT
: ANSI_FONT
);
2096 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2097 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2101 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
2102 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
2103 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
2107 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
2108 it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2109 it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2110 it
->pixel_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2113 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
2114 `space-width' property, change its width. */
2115 stretched_p
= it
->char_to_display
== ' ' && !NILP (it
->space_width
);
2117 it
->pixel_width
*= XFLOATINT (it
->space_width
);
2119 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
2120 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
2121 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
2122 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2124 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2128 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2129 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2134 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2135 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2136 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2137 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2140 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2141 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2142 if (face
->overline_p
)
2145 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2147 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
2152 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
2153 into a stretch glyph. */
2154 double ascent
= (double) FONT_BASE (font
)
2155 / FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
2156 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
2157 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
2160 x_append_glyph (it
);
2162 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
2163 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
2164 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
2165 if (pcm
&& (pcm
->lbearing
< 0 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
2166 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
2169 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\n')
2171 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
2172 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
2174 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2175 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2177 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2178 && face
->box_line_width
> 0)
2180 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
2181 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
2184 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\t')
2186 int tab_width
= it
->tab_width
* CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
2187 int x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->continuation_lines_width
;
2188 int next_tab_x
= ((1 + x
+ tab_width
- 1) / tab_width
) * tab_width
;
2190 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
2191 stop is less than a canonical character width, use the
2192 tab stop after that. */
2193 if (next_tab_x
- x
< CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
))
2194 next_tab_x
+= tab_width
;
2196 it
->pixel_width
= next_tab_x
- x
;
2198 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2199 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2203 double ascent
= (double) it
->ascent
/ (it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
);
2204 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
2205 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
2210 /* A multi-byte character.
2211 If we found a font, this font should give us the right
2212 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
2213 default font and calculate the width of the character
2214 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
2216 enum w32_char_font_type type
;
2218 if (font
->bdf
&& CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it
->c
)) == 1)
2223 type
= UNICODE_FONT
;
2225 pcm
= w32_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, type
);
2227 if (font_not_found_p
|| !pcm
)
2229 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (it
->char_to_display
);
2231 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
2232 it
->pixel_width
= (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it
->f
))
2233 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset
));
2234 it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2235 it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2239 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
2240 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
2241 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
2243 && (pcm
->lbearing
< 0
2244 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
2245 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
2248 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2249 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2250 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2252 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2256 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2257 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2262 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2263 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2264 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2265 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2268 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2269 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2270 if (face
->overline_p
)
2273 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2276 x_append_glyph (it
);
2278 it
->multibyte_p
= saved_multibyte_p
;
2280 else if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
2282 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
2283 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
2286 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2288 int font_not_found_p
;
2289 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2290 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
2291 struct composition
*cmp
= composition_table
[it
->cmp_id
];
2293 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
2294 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
2295 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2296 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
2299 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
))))
2301 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
2304 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2305 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
2306 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2307 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
2308 it
->face_id
, &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
);
2311 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2312 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
2313 if (font_not_found_p
)
2315 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2316 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.w32
->baseline_offset
;
2321 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2322 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2323 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2324 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2327 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2328 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2329 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2330 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2333 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2334 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2335 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2336 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2337 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2338 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2339 correct the display anyway. */
2340 if (cmp
->font
!= (void *) font
)
2342 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2343 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2344 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2345 them respectively. */
2346 int font_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2347 int font_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2348 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2349 int leftmost
, rightmost
, lowest
, highest
;
2350 int i
, width
, ascent
, descent
;
2351 enum w32_char_font_type font_type
;
2353 cmp
->font
= (void *) font
;
2355 if (font
->bdf
&& CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it
->c
)) == 1)
2356 font_type
= BDF_1D_FONT
;
2358 font_type
= BDF_2D_FONT
;
2360 font_type
= UNICODE_FONT
;
2362 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2364 && (pcm
= w32_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, font_type
)))
2367 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
2368 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
2372 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2373 ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
);
2374 descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
);
2378 lowest
= - descent
+ boff
;
2379 highest
= ascent
+ boff
;
2383 && font_info
->default_ascent
2384 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent
)
2385 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent
,
2386 make_number (it
->char_to_display
))))
2387 highest
= font_info
->default_ascent
+ boff
;
2389 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2390 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2392 cmp
->offsets
[0] = 0;
2393 cmp
->offsets
[1] = boff
;
2395 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2396 for (i
= 1; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2398 int left
, right
, btm
, top
;
2399 int ch
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, i
);
2400 int face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, ch
);
2402 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
2403 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, ch
, face
->id
, &char2b
,
2408 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2409 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.w32
->baseline_offset
;
2415 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2416 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2417 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2418 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2421 if (font
->bdf
&& CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (ch
)) == 1)
2422 font_type
= BDF_1D_FONT
;
2424 font_type
= BDF_2D_FONT
;
2426 font_type
= UNICODE_FONT
;
2429 && (pcm
= w32_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, font_type
)))
2432 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
2433 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
2437 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2442 if (cmp
->method
!= COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS
)
2444 /* Relative composition with or without
2446 left
= (leftmost
+ rightmost
- width
) / 2;
2447 btm
= - descent
+ boff
;
2448 if (font_info
&& font_info
->relative_compose
2449 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition
)
2450 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition
,
2451 make_number (ch
)))))
2454 if (- descent
>= font_info
->relative_compose
)
2455 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2457 else if (ascent
<= 0)
2458 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2459 btm
= lowest
- 1 - ascent
- descent
;
2464 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2465 value that encodes global and new reference
2466 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2467 specified by numbers as below:
2475 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2477 6---7---8 -- descent
2479 int rule
= COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp
, i
);
2480 int gref
, nref
, grefx
, grefy
, nrefx
, nrefy
;
2482 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule
, gref
, nref
);
2483 grefx
= gref
% 3, nrefx
= nref
% 3;
2484 grefy
= gref
/ 3, nrefy
= nref
/ 3;
2487 + grefx
* (rightmost
- leftmost
) / 2
2488 - nrefx
* width
/ 2);
2489 btm
= ((grefy
== 0 ? highest
2491 : grefy
== 2 ? lowest
2492 : (highest
+ lowest
) / 2)
2493 - (nrefy
== 0 ? ascent
+ descent
2494 : nrefy
== 1 ? descent
- boff
2496 : (ascent
+ descent
) / 2));
2499 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = left
;
2500 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = btm
+ descent
;
2502 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2503 right
= left
+ width
;
2504 top
= btm
+ descent
+ ascent
;
2505 if (left
< leftmost
)
2507 if (right
> rightmost
)
2515 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2516 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2520 for (i
= 0; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2521 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] -= leftmost
;
2522 rightmost
-= leftmost
;
2525 cmp
->pixel_width
= rightmost
;
2526 cmp
->ascent
= highest
;
2527 cmp
->descent
= - lowest
;
2528 if (cmp
->ascent
< font_ascent
)
2529 cmp
->ascent
= font_ascent
;
2530 if (cmp
->descent
< font_descent
)
2531 cmp
->descent
= font_descent
;
2534 it
->pixel_width
= cmp
->pixel_width
;
2535 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= cmp
->ascent
;
2536 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= cmp
->descent
;
2538 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2540 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2544 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2545 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2550 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2551 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2552 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2553 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2556 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2557 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2558 if (face
->overline_p
)
2561 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2564 x_append_composite_glyph (it
);
2566 else if (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
)
2567 x_produce_image_glyph (it
);
2568 else if (it
->what
== IT_STRETCH
)
2569 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
);
2571 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
2572 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
2573 xassert (it
->ascent
>= 0 && it
->descent
>= 0);
2574 if (it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
2575 it
->current_x
+= it
->pixel_width
;
2577 it
->descent
+= it
->extra_line_spacing
;
2579 it
->max_ascent
= max (it
->max_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
2580 it
->max_descent
= max (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
);
2581 it
->max_phys_ascent
= max (it
->max_phys_ascent
, it
->phys_ascent
);
2582 it
->max_phys_descent
= max (it
->max_phys_descent
, it
->phys_descent
);
2586 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2587 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2590 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f
, face_id
)
2592 enum face_id face_id
;
2594 int height
= FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
2596 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2597 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2598 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
2600 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
2604 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
);
2605 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
2606 height
+= 2 * face
->box_line_width
;
2614 /***********************************************************************
2616 ***********************************************************************/
2618 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2620 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2621 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2622 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2623 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2627 /* X-origin of the string. */
2630 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2633 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2636 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2637 int background_width
;
2639 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2640 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2641 font the string is drawn in. */
2644 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2645 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2646 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2649 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2650 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2651 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2654 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2657 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2660 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2663 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2664 y-origin and height of the string. */
2665 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2667 /* The area within row. */
2668 enum glyph_row_area area
;
2670 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2674 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2675 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
2677 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2680 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2683 /* Font info for this string. */
2684 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2686 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2687 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2688 struct composition
*cmp
;
2690 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2691 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2692 the first character of a composition. */
2695 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2696 of the window's drawing area. */
2697 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p
: 1;
2699 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2700 unsigned background_filled_p
: 1;
2702 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2703 unsigned two_byte_p
: 1;
2705 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2706 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2707 the frame's default font in this case. */
2708 unsigned font_not_found_p
: 1;
2710 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2712 unsigned stippled_p
: 1;
2714 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2715 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2716 string appears in as clip rect. */
2717 unsigned for_overlaps_p
: 1;
2719 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2724 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2725 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2726 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2727 struct glyph
*first_glyph
;
2729 /* Image, if any. */
2732 struct glyph_string
*next
, *prev
;
2736 /* Encapsulate the different ways of displaying text under W32. */
2739 w32_text_out (s
, x
, y
,chars
,nchars
)
2740 struct glyph_string
* s
;
2745 int charset_dim
= w32_font_is_double_byte (s
->gc
->font
) ? 2 : 1;
2746 if (s
->gc
->font
->bdf
)
2747 w32_BDF_TextOut (s
->gc
->font
->bdf
, s
->hdc
,
2748 x
, y
, (char *) chars
, charset_dim
,
2749 nchars
* charset_dim
, 0);
2750 else if (s
->first_glyph
->w32_font_type
== UNICODE_FONT
)
2751 ExtTextOutW (s
->hdc
, x
, y
, 0, NULL
, chars
, nchars
, NULL
);
2753 ExtTextOutA (s
->hdc
, x
, y
, 0, NULL
, (char *) chars
,
2754 nchars
* charset_dim
, NULL
);
2760 x_dump_glyph_string (s
)
2761 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2763 fprintf (stderr
, "glyph string\n");
2764 fprintf (stderr
, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2765 s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->width
, s
->height
);
2766 fprintf (stderr
, " ybase = %d\n", s
->ybase
);
2767 fprintf (stderr
, " hl = %d\n", s
->hl
);
2768 fprintf (stderr
, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2769 s
->left_overhang
, s
->right_overhang
);
2770 fprintf (stderr
, " nchars = %d\n", s
->nchars
);
2771 fprintf (stderr
, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2772 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
);
2773 fprintf (stderr
, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
));
2774 fprintf (stderr
, " bg width = %d\n", s
->background_width
);
2777 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2781 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2782 struct glyph_string
**,
2783 struct glyph_string
*,
2784 struct glyph_string
*));
2785 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2786 struct glyph_string
**,
2787 struct glyph_string
*,
2788 struct glyph_string
*));
2789 static void x_append_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2790 struct glyph_string
**,
2791 struct glyph_string
*));
2792 static int x_left_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2793 static int x_left_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2794 static int x_right_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2795 static int x_right_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2796 static int x_fill_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int,
2798 static void w32_init_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, HDC hdc
,
2799 wchar_t *, struct window
*,
2801 enum glyph_row_area
, int,
2802 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
2803 static int x_draw_glyphs
P_ ((struct window
*, int , struct glyph_row
*,
2804 enum glyph_row_area
, int, int,
2805 enum draw_glyphs_face
, int));
2806 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2807 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2808 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2810 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2811 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2812 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2813 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2814 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2815 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2816 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2817 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2818 static void w32_get_glyph_overhangs
P_ ((HDC hdc
, struct glyph
*,
2821 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int));
2822 static int w32_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, COLORREF
*, double, int);
2823 static void w32_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
2824 double, int, COLORREF
));
2825 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2826 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2827 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2828 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2829 static void w32_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, HBITMAP
));
2830 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2831 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
2833 static void w32_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
2834 int, int, int, int, RECT
*));
2835 static void w32_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
2836 int, int, int, RECT
*));
2837 static void x_fix_overlapping_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
2838 enum glyph_row_area
));
2839 static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2841 enum glyph_row_area
, int, int));
2844 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
2848 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2849 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2852 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2853 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2854 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2868 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2869 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2873 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2874 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2875 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2889 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2890 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2893 x_append_glyph_string (head
, tail
, s
)
2894 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2895 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2897 s
->next
= s
->prev
= NULL
;
2898 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, s
, s
);
2902 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2907 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2909 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
2910 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2911 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2913 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_gc
;
2916 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2920 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
;
2921 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2923 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2924 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2925 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2926 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2927 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
2928 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2929 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2931 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2932 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
2933 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
2935 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2936 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2939 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2940 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
;
2941 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
;
2943 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2944 XChangeGC (NULL
, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2947 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2948 = XCreateGC (NULL
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2950 s
->gc
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
2955 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2958 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
2959 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2964 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
2965 face_id
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
2966 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2968 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
2970 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2971 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
2973 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
2974 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2975 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
2977 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2978 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
2979 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2982 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2987 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
2988 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2989 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2990 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
;
2991 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
;
2993 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2994 XChangeGC (NULL
, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2997 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2998 = XCreateGC (NULL
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3000 s
->gc
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
3003 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
3007 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
3008 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
3009 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
3012 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
3013 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3015 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
3019 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
3020 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
3024 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
3025 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3027 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
3029 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
3031 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
3032 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3034 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
3036 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
3037 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3039 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
3041 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
3044 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
3046 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
3047 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3049 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3050 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
3052 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
3053 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3057 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
3058 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3061 /* GC must have been set. */
3062 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
3066 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
3069 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, r
)
3070 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3073 int r_height
, r_width
;
3075 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
)
3077 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
3078 int canon_x
= CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
3080 r
->left
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s
->w
) * canon_x
;
3081 r_width
= XFASTINT (s
->w
->width
) * canon_x
;
3083 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s
->f
))
3085 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * canon_x
;
3086 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s
->f
))
3090 r
->left
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s
->f
);
3092 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
3093 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
3094 if (s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
3095 r_height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
3097 r_height
= s
->height
;
3101 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
3102 r
->left
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s
->w
, s
->area
, 0);
3103 r_width
= window_box_width (s
->w
, s
->area
);
3104 r_height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
3107 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
3108 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
3109 intentionally draws over other lines. */
3110 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
3112 r
->top
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
3113 r_height
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - r
->top
;
3117 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
3118 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
3119 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
3120 if (!s
->row
->full_width_p
3121 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s
->w
, s
->row
))
3122 r
->top
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
3124 r
->top
= max (0, s
->row
->y
);
3126 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
3127 at the top of the window. */
3128 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
3129 r
->top
-= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
->internal_border_width
;
3132 r
->top
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, r
->top
);
3134 r
->bottom
= r
->top
+ r_height
;
3135 r
->right
= r
->left
+ r_width
;
3139 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
3140 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
3143 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
3144 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3147 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3148 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s
->hdc
, &r
);
3152 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
3153 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
3156 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
3157 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3159 /* TODO: Windows does not appear to have a method for
3160 getting this info without getting the ABC widths for each
3161 individual character and working it out manually. */
3165 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
3166 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
3167 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
3170 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s
, x
, backward_p
)
3171 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3179 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
3189 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
3198 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
3199 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
3200 assumed to be zero. */
3203 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc
, glyph
, f
, left
, right
)
3205 struct glyph
*glyph
;
3211 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3218 face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, &char2b
, NULL
);
3222 && (pcm
= w32_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
,
3223 glyph
->w32_font_type
)))
3225 if (pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
)
3226 *right
= pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->width
;
3227 if (pcm
->lbearing
< 0)
3228 *left
= -pcm
->lbearing
;
3235 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph
, f
, left
, right
)
3236 struct glyph
*glyph
;
3240 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
3241 /* Convert to unicode! */
3242 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc
, glyph
, f
, left
, right
);
3243 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
3247 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3248 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
3249 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
3252 x_left_overwritten (s
)
3253 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3257 if (s
->left_overhang
)
3260 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3261 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
3263 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0 && x
> -s
->left_overhang
; --i
)
3264 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3275 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3276 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
3277 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
3280 x_left_overwriting (s
)
3281 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3284 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3285 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
3289 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
3292 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s
->hdc
, glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
3295 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3302 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
3303 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
3304 no such glyph is found. */
3307 x_right_overwritten (s
)
3308 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3312 if (s
->right_overhang
)
3315 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3316 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
3317 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
3319 for (i
= first
; i
< end
&& s
->right_overhang
> x
; ++i
)
3320 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3329 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
3330 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
3331 if no such glyph is found. */
3334 x_right_overwriting (s
)
3335 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3338 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
3339 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3340 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
3344 for (i
= first
; i
< end
; ++i
)
3347 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s
->hdc
, glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
3350 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3357 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
3360 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
3361 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3369 /* Take clipping into account. */
3370 if (s
->gc
->clip_mask
== Rect
)
3372 real_x
= max (real_x
, s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.left
);
3373 real_y
= max (real_y
, s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.top
);
3374 real_w
= min (real_w
, s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.right
3375 - s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.left
);
3376 real_h
= min (real_h
, s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.bottom
3377 - s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.top
);
3380 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->background
, real_x
, real_y
,
3385 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
3386 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
3387 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
3388 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
3389 contains the first component of a composition. */
3392 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
3393 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3396 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
3397 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
3398 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
3400 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
3402 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3405 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3406 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3407 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
3408 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
3409 s
->background_width
,
3410 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
3411 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3412 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3416 if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
3417 || s
->font_not_found_p
3418 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3422 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
3423 s
->background_width
,
3424 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
3425 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3431 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3434 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3435 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3440 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3441 of S to the right of that box line. */
3442 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3443 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3444 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3448 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
3449 SetBkMode (s
->hdc
, TRANSPARENT
);
3451 SetBkMode (s
->hdc
, OPAQUE
);
3453 SetTextColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
);
3454 SetBkColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->background
);
3455 SetTextAlign (s
->hdc
, TA_BASELINE
| TA_LEFT
);
3457 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->hfont
)
3458 old_font
= SelectObject (s
->hdc
, s
->font
->hfont
);
3460 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3462 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3464 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3466 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
3468 w32_draw_rectangle (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
3470 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
3475 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
3476 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
3478 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
3479 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
3481 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3483 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3484 char1b
[i
] = BYTE2 (s
->char2b
[i
]);
3486 /* Draw text with TextOut and friends. */
3487 w32_text_out (s
, x
, s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
3489 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->hfont
)
3490 SelectObject (s
->hdc
, old_font
);
3493 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3496 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3497 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3502 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3503 of S to the right of that box line. */
3504 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3505 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3506 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3510 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3511 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3512 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3513 this composition. */
3515 SetTextColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
);
3516 SetBkColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->background
);
3517 SetBkMode (s
->hdc
, TRANSPARENT
);
3518 SetTextAlign (s
->hdc
, TA_BASELINE
| TA_LEFT
);
3520 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->hfont
)
3521 old_font
= SelectObject (s
->hdc
, s
->font
->hfont
);
3523 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3524 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3525 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3528 w32_draw_rectangle (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, s
->width
- 1,
3533 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
3534 w32_text_out (s
, x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
3535 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
3538 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->hfont
)
3539 SelectObject (s
->hdc
, old_font
);
3543 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
3546 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
3547 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
3548 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
3549 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to
3550 use an additional additive factor.
3552 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
3553 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
3554 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187
3557 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR
3558 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3559 If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB
3560 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR.
3561 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3562 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3565 w32_alloc_lighter_color (f
, color
, factor
, delta
)
3574 /* On Windows, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */
3577 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3578 xassert (factor
>= 0);
3579 new = PALETTERGB (min (0xff, factor
* GetRValue (*color
)),
3580 min (0xff, factor
* GetGValue (*color
)),
3581 min (0xff, factor
* GetBValue (*color
)));
3583 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
3584 bright
= (2 * GetRValue (*color
) + 3 * GetGValue (*color
)
3585 + GetBValue (*color
)) / 6;
3587 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
3588 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
3589 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
3590 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
3591 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
3593 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
3594 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
3595 /* The additive adjustment. */
3596 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
3599 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
- GetRValue (*color
))),
3600 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
- GetGValue (*color
))),
3601 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
- GetBValue (*color
))));
3603 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
+ GetRValue (*color
))),
3604 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
+ GetGValue (*color
))),
3605 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
+ GetBValue (*color
))));
3609 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, delta
+ GetRValue (*color
))),
3610 max (0, min (0xff, delta
+ GetGValue (*color
))),
3611 max (0, min (0xff, delta
+ GetBValue (*color
))));
3613 /* TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */
3614 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3625 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3626 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3627 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3628 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3629 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3630 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3633 w32_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
3635 struct relief
*relief
;
3638 COLORREF default_pixel
;
3641 struct w32_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.w32
;
3642 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
;
3644 COLORREF background
= di
->relief_background
;
3645 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
3647 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3649 /* Allocate new color. */
3650 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
3652 if (w32_alloc_lighter_color (f
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
3654 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
3655 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
3658 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
3660 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3661 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
3664 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (NULL
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
3667 XChangeGC (NULL
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3671 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3674 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
3675 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3677 struct w32_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
;
3680 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
3681 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
3682 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
3684 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
3685 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
3687 color
= s
->gc
->background
;
3689 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
3690 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
3692 di
->relief_background
= color
;
3693 w32_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
3694 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3695 w32_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
3696 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3701 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3702 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3703 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3704 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3705 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3706 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3710 w32_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3711 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3713 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
3718 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
3721 gc
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.w32
->white_relief
.gc
->foreground
;
3723 gc
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.w32
->black_relief
.gc
->foreground
;
3725 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc
, clip_rect
);
3728 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3729 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, gc
.foreground
,
3730 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
3731 right_x
- left_x
- i
* (left_p
+ right_p
) + 1, 1);
3735 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3736 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, gc
.foreground
,
3737 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, 1,
3738 bottom_y
- top_y
- 2 * i
+ 1);
3741 gc
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.w32
->black_relief
.gc
->foreground
;
3743 gc
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.w32
->white_relief
.gc
->foreground
;
3746 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3747 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, gc
.foreground
,
3748 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
3749 right_x
- left_x
- i
* (left_p
+ right_p
) + 1, 1);
3753 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3754 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, gc
.foreground
,
3755 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, 1,
3756 bottom_y
- top_y
- 2 * i
- 1);
3758 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc
, NULL
);
3760 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
3764 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3765 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3766 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3767 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3768 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3769 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3772 w32_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3773 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3774 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3775 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
3778 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s
->hdc
, clip_rect
);
3781 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->box_color
,
3782 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
3787 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->box_color
,
3788 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
3792 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->box_color
,
3793 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
3798 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->box_color
,
3799 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
3802 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s
->hdc
, NULL
);
3806 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
3809 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
3810 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3812 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
3813 int left_p
, right_p
;
3814 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
3817 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
3818 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
3819 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
3821 last_x
+= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->f
);
3822 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s
->f
))
3823 last_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
3826 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
3827 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
3829 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
3831 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3832 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
3834 right_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3836 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1));
3838 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
3840 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3841 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3843 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
3844 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
3845 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3847 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
3849 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
3851 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
3852 w32_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3853 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
3856 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
3857 w32_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
3858 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
3863 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
3866 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
3867 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3870 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
3872 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3873 right of that line. */
3874 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3875 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3876 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3880 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3882 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
3883 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3889 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
3892 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3893 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3894 trust on the shape extension to be available
3895 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3897 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
3900 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
3902 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
3903 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
3904 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
3905 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
3906 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3908 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
3911 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
3912 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
3913 if (IntersectRect (&r
, &clip_rect
, &image_rect
))
3914 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3915 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
3920 HDC compat_hdc
= CreateCompatibleDC (s
->hdc
);
3921 HBRUSH fg_brush
= CreateSolidBrush (s
->gc
->foreground
);
3922 HBRUSH orig_brush
= SelectObject (s
->hdc
, fg_brush
);
3923 HGDIOBJ orig_obj
= SelectObject (compat_hdc
, s
->img
->pixmap
);
3924 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3926 SetTextColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
);
3927 SetBkColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->background
);
3928 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
3929 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
3930 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, SRCCOPY
);
3931 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
3932 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
3934 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
3935 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
3937 SelectObject (s
->hdc
, orig_brush
);
3938 DeleteObject (fg_brush
);
3939 SelectObject (compat_hdc
, orig_obj
);
3940 DeleteDC (compat_hdc
);
3942 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3943 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3944 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3945 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3946 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3947 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3948 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
3949 w32_draw_rectangle (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
- 1,
3950 s
->img
->height
- 1);
3951 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s
->hdc
, NULL
);
3955 w32_draw_rectangle (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
-1,
3956 s
->img
->height
- 1);
3958 RestoreDC (s
->hdc
,-1);
3963 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
3966 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
3967 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3969 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
3972 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
3974 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3975 right of that line. */
3976 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3977 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3978 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3982 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3984 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
3985 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3987 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
3988 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
3990 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
3991 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
3995 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
3996 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
4001 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
4002 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
4004 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
4005 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
4006 w32_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
4010 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
4013 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
4014 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4017 HDC hdc
= CreateCompatibleDC (s
->hdc
);
4018 HGDIOBJ orig_hdc_obj
= SelectObject (hdc
, pixmap
);
4020 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
4022 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4023 right of that line. */
4024 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4025 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4026 x
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4030 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4032 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
4033 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
4037 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4040 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
4041 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
4042 trust on the shape extension to be available
4043 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
4045 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
4049 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
4050 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
4051 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
4052 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
4053 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
4055 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4056 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
4057 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4062 HDC compat_hdc
= CreateCompatibleDC (hdc
);
4063 HBRUSH fg_brush
= CreateSolidBrush (s
->gc
->foreground
);
4064 HBRUSH orig_brush
= SelectObject (hdc
, fg_brush
);
4065 HGDIOBJ orig_obj
= SelectObject (compat_hdc
, s
->img
->pixmap
);
4067 SetTextColor (hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
);
4068 SetBkColor (hdc
, s
->gc
->background
);
4069 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
4070 BitBlt (hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
4071 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, SRCCOPY
);
4072 BitBlt (hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
4073 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
4075 BitBlt (hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
4076 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
4078 SelectObject (hdc
, orig_brush
);
4079 DeleteObject (fg_brush
);
4080 SelectObject (compat_hdc
, orig_obj
);
4081 DeleteDC (compat_hdc
);
4083 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4084 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4085 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4086 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4087 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4088 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4089 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
4090 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
- 1,
4091 s
->img
->height
- 1);
4095 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
- 1,
4096 s
->img
->height
- 1);
4098 SelectObject (hdc
, orig_hdc_obj
);
4103 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
4104 give the rectangle to draw. */
4107 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
4108 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4111 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4114 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4115 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4116 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4117 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
4121 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4125 /* Draw image glyph string S.
4128 s->x +-------------------------
4131 | +-------------------------
4134 | | +-------------------
4140 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
4141 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4144 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4145 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
4149 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_vwidth
;
4151 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
4152 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
4154 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
4155 if (height
> s
->img
->height
4158 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4161 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
4162 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
4164 if (box_line_hwidth
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4165 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_hwidth
;
4169 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_vwidth
;
4170 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4173 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
4174 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
4175 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
4176 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
4177 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
4179 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
4180 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
4181 s
->background_width
,
4184 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
4186 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4188 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
4191 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4192 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4193 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4194 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
4195 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
4200 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
4202 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
4203 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4204 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
4205 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4210 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
4212 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4215 /* Draw the foreground. */
4218 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
4219 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4221 HDC compat_hdc
= CreateCompatibleDC (s
->hdc
);
4222 HBRUSH fg_brush
= CreateSolidBrush (s
->gc
->foreground
);
4223 HBRUSH orig_brush
= SelectObject (s
->hdc
, fg_brush
);
4224 HGDIOBJ orig_obj
= SelectObject (compat_hdc
, pixmap
);
4226 SetTextColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
);
4227 SetBkColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->background
);
4228 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
4229 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
, s
->height
,
4230 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, SRCCOPY
);
4231 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
, s
->height
,
4232 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
4234 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
, s
->height
,
4235 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
4237 SelectObject (s
->hdc
, orig_brush
);
4238 DeleteObject (fg_brush
);
4239 SelectObject (compat_hdc
, orig_obj
);
4240 DeleteDC (compat_hdc
);
4242 DeleteObject (pixmap
);
4246 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
4248 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
4250 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
4251 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
4252 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
4256 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
4259 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
4260 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4262 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
4263 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
4265 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
4266 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
4268 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
4269 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
4270 int width
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
4273 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
4275 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
4276 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
4278 XGCValues
*gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
4279 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
4280 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
4284 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
4285 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
4287 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
4293 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
4294 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc
, &r
);
4296 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4297 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
4299 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4300 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4301 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4302 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
4307 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, gc
->background
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4311 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
4312 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
4315 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4319 /* Draw glyph string S. */
4322 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
4323 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4325 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
4327 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
4328 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
4329 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
4330 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4332 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
4333 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
4334 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
4335 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
4338 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
4339 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
4341 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
4342 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
4343 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
4344 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4345 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
4346 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
4349 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4350 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
4351 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
4352 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4356 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4358 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
4361 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
4365 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
4369 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4370 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4372 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
4373 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
4376 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
4377 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
4378 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4380 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
4381 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
4388 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4390 /* Draw underline. */
4391 if (s
->face
->underline_p
4392 && (s
->font
->bdf
|| !s
->font
->tm
.tmUnderlined
))
4394 unsigned long h
= 1;
4395 unsigned long dy
= s
->height
- h
;
4397 /* TODO: Use font information for positioning and thickness
4398 of underline. See OUTLINETEXTMETRIC, and xterm.c. */
4399 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
4401 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
, s
->x
,
4402 s
->y
+ dy
, s
->width
, 1);
4406 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->underline_color
, s
->x
,
4407 s
->y
+ dy
, s
->width
, 1);
4411 /* Draw overline. */
4412 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
4414 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
4416 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
4418 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
, s
->x
,
4419 s
->y
+ dy
, s
->width
, h
);
4423 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->underline_color
, s
->x
,
4424 s
->y
+ dy
, s
->width
, h
);
4428 /* Draw strike-through. */
4429 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
4430 && (s
->font
->bdf
|| !s
->font
->tm
.tmStruckOut
))
4432 unsigned long h
= 1;
4433 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
4435 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
4437 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4442 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->underline_color
, s
->x
,
4443 s
->y
+ dy
, s
->width
, h
);
4448 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
4449 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
4452 /* Reset clipping. */
4453 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s
->hdc
, NULL
);
4457 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
4458 struct face
**, int));
4461 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
4463 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4464 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4465 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4466 use its physical height for clipping.
4468 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4471 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s
, faces
, overlaps_p
)
4472 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4473 struct face
**faces
;
4480 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
;
4482 s
->face
= faces
[s
->gidx
];
4483 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4484 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4486 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4487 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4488 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4490 for (i
= s
->gidx
+ 1; i
< s
->cmp
->glyph_len
&& faces
[i
] == s
->face
; ++i
)
4493 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4494 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4496 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4498 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4499 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4500 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4501 characters of the glyph string. */
4502 if (s
->font
== NULL
)
4504 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4505 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4508 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4509 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4511 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4513 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4516 return s
->gidx
+ s
->nchars
;
4520 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
4522 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4523 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4524 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4525 use its physical height for clipping.
4527 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4530 x_fill_glyph_string (s
, face_id
, start
, end
, overlaps_p
)
4531 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4533 int start
, end
, overlaps_p
;
4535 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
4537 int glyph_not_available_p
;
4539 xassert (s
->f
== XFRAME (s
->w
->frame
));
4540 xassert (s
->nchars
== 0);
4541 xassert (start
>= 0 && end
> start
);
4543 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
;
4544 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
4545 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
4546 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
4548 glyph_not_available_p
= glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
;
4551 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
4552 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
4553 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4554 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
4555 && glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
== glyph_not_available_p
)
4559 s
->face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s
->f
, glyph
,
4560 s
->char2b
+ s
->nchars
,
4562 s
->two_byte_p
= two_byte_p
;
4564 xassert (s
->nchars
<= end
- start
);
4565 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4569 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4570 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4572 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4573 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4574 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4575 characters of the glyph string. */
4576 if (s
->font
== NULL
|| glyph_not_available_p
)
4578 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4579 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4582 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4583 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
4585 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4586 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
4590 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4593 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s
)
4594 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4596 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
);
4597 s
->img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.img_id
);
4599 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->face_id
);
4600 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4601 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4603 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4604 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4608 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
4610 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
4611 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
4612 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4614 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4617 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s
, row
, area
, start
, end
)
4618 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4619 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4620 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4623 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
4624 int voffset
, face_id
;
4626 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
4628 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
4629 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
4630 face_id
= glyph
->face_id
;
4631 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
4632 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4633 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4634 s
->width
= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4635 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
4639 && glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
4640 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
4641 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
);
4643 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4645 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4646 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
4649 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
4653 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4654 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4655 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4656 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4657 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4658 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4659 face-override for drawing S. */
4662 w32_init_glyph_string (s
, hdc
, char2b
, w
, row
, area
, start
, hl
)
4663 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4667 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4668 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4670 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
4672 bzero (s
, sizeof *s
);
4674 s
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4676 s
->window
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (s
->f
);
4681 s
->first_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + start
;
4682 s
->height
= row
->height
;
4683 s
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
4685 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4686 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
4687 s
->y
-= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
->internal_border_width
;
4689 s
->ybase
= s
->y
+ row
->ascent
;
4693 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4694 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4695 in the drawing area. */
4698 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s
, start
, last_x
)
4699 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4703 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4704 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4705 struct face
*default_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
4707 if (start
== s
->row
->used
[s
->area
]
4708 && s
->area
== TEXT_AREA
4709 && ((s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4710 && (s
->row
->fill_line_p
4711 || s
->face
->background
!= default_face
->background
4712 || s
->face
->stipple
!= default_face
->stipple
4713 || s
->row
->mouse_face_p
))
4714 || s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4715 || ((s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
|| s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
4716 && s
->row
->fill_line_p
)))
4717 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
= 1;
4719 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4720 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4722 if (s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
)
4723 s
->background_width
= last_x
- s
->x
+ 1;
4725 s
->background_width
= s
->width
;
4729 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4730 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4731 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4732 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4733 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4734 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4735 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4737 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4740 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4741 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4742 START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \
4743 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4749 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4750 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4751 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4752 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4753 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4754 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4755 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4757 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4760 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4761 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4762 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4763 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4770 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4771 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4772 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4773 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4774 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4775 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4776 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4777 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4779 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4785 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4786 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4788 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4789 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4790 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4791 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4793 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4799 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4800 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4801 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4802 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4803 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4804 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4805 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4806 x-position of the drawing area. */
4808 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4810 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4811 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4812 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4813 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4814 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4816 struct face **faces; \
4817 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4820 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4821 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4822 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4823 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4824 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4826 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4827 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4828 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4829 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4830 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \
4833 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4834 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
4835 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
4837 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4838 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4839 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4847 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
4855 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4856 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4857 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4858 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4859 x-positions of the drawing area.
4861 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4862 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4865 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4868 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
4869 while (START < END) \
4871 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
4872 switch (first_glyph->type) \
4875 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4876 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
4880 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
4881 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, \
4882 END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, \
4883 LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P); \
4886 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
4887 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END,\
4888 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4892 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4893 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4900 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
4907 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
4908 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
4909 face-override with the following meaning:
4911 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
4912 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
4913 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
4914 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
4915 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
4916 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
4918 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
4919 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
4921 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
4924 x_draw_glyphs (w
, x
, row
, area
, start
, end
, hl
, overlaps_p
)
4927 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4928 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4930 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
4933 struct glyph_string
*head
, *tail
;
4934 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4935 int last_x
, area_width
;
4938 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
)));
4940 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
4941 end
= min (end
, row
->used
[area
]);
4942 start
= max (0, start
);
4943 start
= min (end
, start
);
4945 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
4946 end of the drawing area. */
4947 if (row
->full_width_p
)
4949 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
4951 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
4952 int window_left_x
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4955 area_width
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4956 last_x
= window_left_x
+ area_width
;
4958 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
4960 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4961 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
4967 x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
4968 last_x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
4972 x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, x
);
4973 area_width
= window_box_width (w
, area
);
4974 last_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, area_width
);
4977 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
4978 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
4979 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
4980 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
4982 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc
, w
, row
, area
, i
, end
, head
, tail
, hl
, x
, last_x
,
4985 x_reached
= tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
;
4989 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
4990 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
4991 strings built above. */
4992 if (head
&& !overlaps_p
&& row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
)
4995 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
4997 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
4998 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
4999 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
5001 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5002 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
5003 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
5004 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
5006 i
= x_left_overwritten (head
);
5010 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc
, w
, row
, area
, j
, start
, h
, t
,
5011 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
5014 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
5015 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5018 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5019 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
5020 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
5021 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
5022 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
5023 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
5025 i
= x_left_overwriting (head
);
5028 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc
, w
, row
, area
, i
, start
, h
, t
,
5029 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
5031 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5032 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
5033 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
5034 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5037 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5038 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
5039 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
5041 i
= x_right_overwritten (tail
);
5044 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc
, w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
5045 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
5047 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
5048 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5051 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5052 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
5053 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
5054 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
5055 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
5056 i
= x_right_overwriting (tail
);
5059 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc
, w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
5060 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
5062 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5063 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
5064 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
5065 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5069 /* Draw all strings. */
5070 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5071 x_draw_glyph_string (s
);
5073 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
5074 && !row
->full_width_p
5075 /* When drawing overlapping rows, only the glyph strings'
5076 foreground is drawn, which doesn't erase a cursor
5080 int x0
= head
? head
->x
: x
;
5081 int x1
= tail
? tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
: x
;
5083 x0
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x0
);
5084 x1
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x1
);
5086 if (!row
->full_width_p
&& XFASTINT (w
->left_margin_width
) != 0)
5088 int left_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5089 x0
-= left_area_width
;
5090 x1
-= left_area_width
;
5093 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, area
, x0
, x1
,
5094 row
->y
, MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
));
5097 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
5098 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
5099 x_reached
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x_reached
);
5100 if (!row
->full_width_p
)
5102 if (area
> LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5103 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5104 if (area
> TEXT_AREA
)
5105 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
5108 release_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
)), hdc
);
5114 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
5117 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, area
)
5119 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5120 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5126 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5128 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
5129 x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5131 x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5132 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
5134 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
];)
5136 if (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
)
5138 int start
= i
, start_x
= x
;
5142 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
5145 while (i
< row
->used
[area
]
5146 && row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
);
5148 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, area
, start
, i
,
5149 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 1);
5153 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
5162 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
5163 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
5164 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
5165 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
5166 row being updated. */
5169 x_write_glyphs (start
, len
)
5170 struct glyph
*start
;
5175 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5180 hpos
= start
- updated_row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
5181 x
= x_draw_glyphs (updated_window
, output_cursor
.x
,
5182 updated_row
, updated_area
,
5184 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5188 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5189 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
5190 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
5194 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
5197 x_insert_glyphs (start
, len
)
5198 struct glyph
*start
;
5203 int line_height
, shift_by_width
, shifted_region_width
;
5204 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5205 struct glyph
*glyph
;
5206 int frame_x
, frame_y
, hpos
;
5209 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5212 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
5213 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
5215 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
5217 line_height
= row
->height
;
5219 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
5221 for (glyph
= start
; glyph
< start
+ len
; ++glyph
)
5222 shift_by_width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
5224 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
5225 shifted_region_width
= (window_box_width (w
, updated_area
)
5230 frame_x
= window_box_left (w
, updated_area
) + output_cursor
.x
;
5231 frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, output_cursor
.y
);
5232 BitBlt (hdc
, frame_x
+ shift_by_width
, frame_y
,
5233 shifted_region_width
, line_height
,
5234 hdc
, frame_x
, frame_y
, SRCCOPY
);
5236 /* Write the glyphs. */
5237 hpos
= start
- row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
5238 x_draw_glyphs (w
, output_cursor
.x
, row
, updated_area
, hpos
, hpos
+ len
,
5239 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5241 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5242 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
5243 output_cursor
.x
+= shift_by_width
;
5244 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
5250 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
5262 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5264 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
5271 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
5272 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
5273 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
5275 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
5276 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
5279 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x
)
5283 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
5284 int max_x
, min_y
, max_y
;
5285 int from_x
, from_y
, to_y
;
5287 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5288 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5290 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5292 max_x
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5293 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
5294 && !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5295 max_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5298 max_x
= window_box_width (w
, updated_area
);
5299 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
5301 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
5302 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
5308 to_x
= min (to_x
, max_x
);
5310 to_y
= min (max_y
, output_cursor
.y
+ updated_row
->height
);
5312 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
5313 if (!updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5314 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, updated_area
,
5315 output_cursor
.x
, -1,
5317 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (updated_row
));
5319 from_x
= output_cursor
.x
;
5321 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
5322 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5324 from_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, from_x
);
5325 to_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, to_x
);
5329 from_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, from_x
);
5330 to_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, to_x
);
5333 min_y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
5334 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (min_y
, output_cursor
.y
));
5335 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, to_y
);
5337 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
5338 if (to_x
> from_x
&& to_y
> from_y
)
5342 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
5344 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, from_x
, from_y
, to_x
- from_x
, to_y
- from_y
);
5345 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
5351 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
5352 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
5362 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5364 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
5367 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
5369 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
5370 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
5371 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
5373 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
5374 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
5377 w32_clear_window (f
);
5379 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
5380 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
5381 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
5387 /* Make audible bell. */
5390 w32_ring_bell (void)
5394 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5398 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
) && visible_bell
)
5401 HWND hwnd
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ());
5403 for (i
= 0; i
< 5; i
++)
5405 FlashWindow (hwnd
, TRUE
);
5408 FlashWindow (hwnd
, FALSE
);
5411 w32_sys_ring_bell ();
5417 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5418 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5419 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5420 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5423 w32_set_terminal_window (n
)
5426 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5431 /***********************************************************************
5433 ***********************************************************************/
5435 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5436 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5439 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
5447 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5449 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
5456 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5459 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
5463 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5464 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
5465 HWND hwnd
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
5468 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5469 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
5471 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
5472 width
+= FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
5473 x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
5475 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
5476 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
5477 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
5481 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5482 line at the bottom. */
5483 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5484 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
5486 height
= run
->height
;
5487 expect_dirty
= CreateRectRgn (x
, y
+ height
, x
+ width
, bottom_y
);
5491 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5493 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5494 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
5496 height
= run
->height
;
5497 expect_dirty
= CreateRectRgn (x
, y
, x
+ width
, to_y
);
5502 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5509 HRGN dirty
= CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0);
5510 HRGN combined
= CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0);
5512 from
.left
= to
.left
= x
;
5513 from
.right
= to
.right
= x
+ width
;
5515 from
.bottom
= from_y
+ height
;
5517 to
.bottom
= bottom_y
;
5519 ScrollWindowEx (hwnd
, 0, to_y
- from_y
, &from
, &to
, dirty
,
5520 NULL
, SW_INVALIDATE
);
5522 /* Combine this with what we expect to be dirty. This covers the
5523 case where not all of the region we expect is actually dirty. */
5524 CombineRgn (combined
, dirty
, expect_dirty
, RGN_OR
);
5526 /* If the dirty region is not what we expected, redraw the entire frame. */
5527 if (!EqualRgn (combined
, expect_dirty
))
5528 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5536 /***********************************************************************
5538 ***********************************************************************/
5540 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5541 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5542 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5543 the entire frame. */
5546 expose_frame (f
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
5551 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
5553 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_frame "));
5555 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5556 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5558 TRACE ((stderr
, " garbaged\n"));
5562 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5563 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5564 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5565 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
) == NULL
5566 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
)->used
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
5568 TRACE ((stderr
, " no faces\n"));
5572 if (w
== 0 || h
== 0)
5575 r
.right
= CANON_X_UNIT (f
) * f
->width
;
5576 r
.bottom
= CANON_Y_UNIT (f
) * f
->height
;
5586 TRACE ((stderr
, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r
.left
, r
.top
, r
.right
, r
.bottom
));
5587 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), &r
);
5589 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
5590 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5591 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
), &r
);
5593 /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with
5594 delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame,
5595 and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that
5596 frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted,
5597 then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE
5598 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame
5599 (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events.
5600 These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not
5601 highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here.
5602 Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */
5603 /* Included in Windows version because Windows most likely does not
5604 do the right thing if any third party tool offers
5605 focus-follows-mouse with delayed raise. --jason 2001-10-12 */
5606 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5608 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5609 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
5611 int x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
;
5612 int y
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
;
5613 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
5614 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
5620 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5621 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */
5624 expose_window_tree (w
, r
)
5628 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5629 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
5631 while (w
&& !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5633 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
5634 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5635 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), r
);
5636 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
5637 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5638 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), r
);
5640 mouse_face_overwritten_p
|= expose_window (w
, r
);
5642 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? NULL
: XWINDOW (w
->next
);
5645 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
5649 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5650 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5653 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, area
)
5655 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5657 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5659 struct glyph
*first
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
5660 struct glyph
*end
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + row
->used
[area
];
5662 int first_x
, start_x
, x
;
5664 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& row
->fill_line_p
)
5665 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5666 x_draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, area
,
5668 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5671 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5672 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5673 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5674 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5676 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
5677 start_x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5679 start_x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5680 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
5683 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5685 && x
+ first
->pixel_width
< r
->left
)
5687 x
+= first
->pixel_width
;
5691 /* Find the last one. */
5697 x
+= last
->pixel_width
;
5703 x_draw_glyphs (w
, first_x
- start_x
, row
, area
,
5704 first
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
5705 last
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
5706 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5711 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
5712 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is
5713 non-zero if mouse face was overwritten. */
5716 expose_line (w
, row
, r
)
5718 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5721 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
5723 if (row
->mode_line_p
|| w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5724 x_draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, TEXT_AREA
, 0, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
5725 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, 0);
5728 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
5729 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5730 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
5731 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, TEXT_AREA
);
5732 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
5733 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5734 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w
, row
);
5737 return row
->mouse_face_p
;
5741 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
5744 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, r
)
5749 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
5751 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
5754 cr
.left
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
5755 cr
.top
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
5756 cr
.right
= cr
.left
+ cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
5757 cr
.bottom
= cr
.top
+ w
->phys_cursor_height
;
5758 return IntersectRect (&result
, &cr
, r
);
5765 /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectagle FR. Pixel
5766 coordinates in FR are frame relative. Call this function with
5767 input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites
5771 expose_window (w
, fr
)
5775 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5777 int mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 0;
5779 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
5780 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
5781 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
5783 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
)
5786 /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current
5787 matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display
5789 if (w
== updated_window
)
5791 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5795 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
5796 wr
.left
= XFASTINT (w
->left
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5797 wr
.top
= XFASTINT (w
->top
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
5798 wr
.right
= wr
.left
+ XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5799 wr
.bottom
= wr
.top
+ XFASTINT (w
->height
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
5801 if (IntersectRect(&r
, fr
, &wr
))
5803 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
5804 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5805 int cursor_cleared_p
;
5807 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
5808 r
.left
, r
.top
, r
.right
, r
.bottom
));
5810 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
5811 r
.left
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, r
.left
);
5812 r
.right
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, r
.right
);
5813 r
.top
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
.top
);
5814 r
.bottom
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
.bottom
);
5816 /* Turn off the cursor. */
5817 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
5818 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, &r
))
5821 cursor_cleared_p
= 1;
5824 cursor_cleared_p
= 0;
5826 /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */
5827 for (row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
5832 int y1
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
);
5834 if ((y0
>= r
.top
&& y0
< r
.bottom
)
5835 || (y1
> r
.top
&& y1
< r
.bottom
)
5836 || (r
.top
>= y0
&& r
.top
< y1
)
5837 || (r
.bottom
> y0
&& r
.bottom
< y1
))
5839 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
5840 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
5847 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
5848 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
5849 && (row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
5851 && row
->y
< r
.bottom
)
5853 if (expose_line (w
, row
, &r
))
5854 mouse_face_overwritten_p
= 1;
5857 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5859 /* Draw border between windows. */
5860 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
5862 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
5863 if (cursor_cleared_p
)
5864 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 1);
5868 return mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
5876 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
5880 frame_unhighlight (f
)
5883 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
5886 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
5887 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
5888 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
5889 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
5890 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
5893 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
5894 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5895 struct frame
*frame
;
5897 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
;
5899 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
5901 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
5902 the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */
5903 dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
= frame
;
5905 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
5906 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
5908 if (dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
5909 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
;
5911 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
5914 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
5917 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
5920 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
5921 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5923 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
);
5926 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
5927 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
5928 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
5930 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
5931 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
5932 the appropriate X display info. */
5935 w32_frame_rehighlight (frame
)
5936 struct frame
*frame
;
5938 if (! FRAME_W32_P (frame
))
5940 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
5944 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
5945 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5947 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
;
5949 if (dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
5951 dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
5952 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)))
5953 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
))
5954 : dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
);
5955 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
))
5957 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
5958 dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
;
5962 dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
= 0;
5964 if (dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
5967 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
5968 if (dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
)
5969 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
);
5973 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
5975 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
5978 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
5981 /* Make static so we can always return it */
5982 static char value
[100];
5985 GetKeyNameText (keysym
, value
, 100);
5993 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
5995 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
5996 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
5997 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
5998 not force the value into range. */
6001 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
, x
, y
, bounds
, noclip
)
6003 register int pix_x
, pix_y
;
6004 register int *x
, *y
;
6008 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
6009 if (NILP (Vwindow_system
))
6016 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
6017 even for negative values. */
6019 pix_x
-= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
)) - 1;
6021 pix_y
-= (f
)->output_data
.w32
->line_height
- 1;
6023 pix_x
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f
, pix_x
);
6024 pix_y
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
6028 bounds
->left
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, pix_x
);
6029 bounds
->top
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
6030 bounds
->right
= bounds
->left
+ FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
)) - 1;
6031 bounds
->bottom
= bounds
->top
+ f
->output_data
.w32
->line_height
- 1;
6038 else if (pix_x
> FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
))
6039 pix_x
= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
);
6043 else if (pix_y
> f
->height
)
6052 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
6053 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
6054 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
6058 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w
, hpos
, vpos
, frame_x
, frame_y
)
6061 int *frame_x
, *frame_y
;
6065 xassert (hpos
>= 0 && hpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
);
6066 xassert (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_h
);
6068 if (display_completed
)
6070 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
6071 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
6072 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ min (hpos
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]);
6078 *frame_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6086 *frame_y
= *frame_x
= 0;
6090 *frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, *frame_y
);
6091 *frame_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, *frame_x
);
6095 /* Parse a button MESSAGE. The button index is returned in PBUTTON, and
6096 the state in PUP. XBUTTON provides extra information for extended mouse
6097 button messages. Returns FALSE if unable to parse the message. */
6099 parse_button (message
, xbutton
, pbutton
, pup
)
6110 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN
:
6118 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN
:
6119 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
))
6126 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
))
6132 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN
:
6133 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
))
6140 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
))
6146 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN
:
6147 button
= xbutton
+ 2;
6151 button
= xbutton
+ 2;
6159 if (pbutton
) *pbutton
= button
;
6165 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
6167 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
6171 construct_mouse_click (result
, msg
, f
)
6172 struct input_event
*result
;
6179 parse_button (msg
->msg
.message
, HIWORD (msg
->msg
.wParam
),
6182 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
6184 result
->kind
= mouse_click
;
6185 result
->code
= button
;
6186 result
->timestamp
= msg
->msg
.time
;
6187 result
->modifiers
= (msg
->dwModifiers
6192 XSETINT (result
->x
, LOWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
));
6193 XSETINT (result
->y
, HIWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
));
6194 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6200 construct_mouse_wheel (result
, msg
, f
)
6201 struct input_event
*result
;
6206 result
->kind
= mouse_wheel
;
6207 result
->code
= (short) HIWORD (msg
->msg
.wParam
);
6208 result
->timestamp
= msg
->msg
.time
;
6209 result
->modifiers
= msg
->dwModifiers
;
6210 p
.x
= LOWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
);
6211 p
.y
= HIWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
);
6212 ScreenToClient (msg
->msg
.hwnd
, &p
);
6213 XSETINT (result
->x
, p
.x
);
6214 XSETINT (result
->y
, p
.y
);
6215 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6221 construct_drag_n_drop (result
, msg
, f
)
6222 struct input_event
*result
;
6234 result
->kind
= drag_n_drop
;
6236 result
->timestamp
= msg
->msg
.time
;
6237 result
->modifiers
= msg
->dwModifiers
;
6239 hdrop
= (HDROP
) msg
->msg
.wParam
;
6240 DragQueryPoint (hdrop
, &p
);
6243 p
.x
= LOWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
);
6244 p
.y
= HIWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
);
6245 ScreenToClient (msg
->msg
.hwnd
, &p
);
6248 XSETINT (result
->x
, p
.x
);
6249 XSETINT (result
->y
, p
.y
);
6251 num_files
= DragQueryFile (hdrop
, 0xFFFFFFFF, NULL
, 0);
6254 for (i
= 0; i
< num_files
; i
++)
6256 len
= DragQueryFile (hdrop
, i
, NULL
, 0);
6259 name
= alloca (len
+ 1);
6260 DragQueryFile (hdrop
, i
, name
, len
+ 1);
6261 files
= Fcons (DECODE_FILE (build_string (name
)), files
);
6266 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6267 result
->frame_or_window
= Fcons (frame
, files
);
6273 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6274 The input handler calls this.
6276 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6277 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6278 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6279 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6281 static MSG last_mouse_motion_event
;
6282 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
6284 static void remember_mouse_glyph
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
6287 note_mouse_movement (frame
, msg
)
6291 int mouse_x
= LOWORD (msg
->lParam
);
6292 int mouse_y
= HIWORD (msg
->lParam
);
6294 last_mouse_movement_time
= msg
->time
;
6295 memcpy (&last_mouse_motion_event
, msg
, sizeof (last_mouse_motion_event
));
6296 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
6298 #if 0 /* Calling Lisp asynchronously is not safe. */
6299 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6303 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
6305 window
= window_from_coordinates (frame
, mouse_x
, mouse_y
, &area
, 0);
6307 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6308 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6309 will be selected iff it is active. */
6310 if (!EQ (window
, last_window
)
6311 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6312 && (!MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window
))
6313 || (EQ (window
, minibuf_window
) && minibuf_level
> 0)))
6314 Fselect_window (window
);
6320 if (msg
->hwnd
!= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame
))
6322 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6323 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6324 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
6327 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6328 else if (mouse_x
< last_mouse_glyph
.left
6329 || mouse_x
> last_mouse_glyph
.right
6330 || mouse_y
< last_mouse_glyph
.top
6331 || mouse_y
> last_mouse_glyph
.bottom
)
6333 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6334 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6335 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, mouse_x
, mouse_y
);
6336 /* Remember the mouse position here, as w32_mouse_position only
6337 gets called when mouse tracking is enabled but we also need
6338 to keep track of the mouse for help_echo and highlighting at
6340 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, mouse_x
, mouse_y
);
6345 /************************************************************************
6347 ************************************************************************/
6349 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6350 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6351 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6352 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6353 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6354 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6357 static struct glyph
*
6358 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, area
, buffer_only_p
)
6361 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *area
;
6364 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
6365 struct glyph_row
*row
= NULL
;
6366 int x0
, i
, left_area_width
;
6368 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6369 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
6371 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
6372 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
6374 if (y
>= row
->y
&& y
< MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
))
6381 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6382 if (i
== w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
6385 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6386 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6393 left_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6394 if (x
< left_area_width
)
6396 *area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6399 else if (x
< left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
6402 x0
= row
->x
+ left_area_width
;
6406 *area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6407 x0
= left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
6411 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6412 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6413 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[*area
];
6416 if (x
< x0
+ glyph
->pixel_width
)
6418 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6420 else if (!buffer_only_p
|| BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
6424 x0
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6431 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6436 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6437 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6440 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, x
, y
)
6444 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6446 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6447 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6448 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6449 *x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f
);
6450 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6454 *x
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, *x
);
6455 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6460 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line of
6461 window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
6462 mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of
6463 W, so the width of fringes and scroll bars must be subtracted
6464 to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */
6467 note_mode_line_highlight (w
, x
, mode_line_p
)
6471 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6472 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6473 Cursor cursor
= dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
6474 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6477 row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
6479 row
= MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
6483 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
6484 Lisp_Object help
, map
;
6487 /* Find the glyph under X. */
6488 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
6489 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
6490 x0
= - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
)
6491 + FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
));
6494 && x
>= x0
+ glyph
->pixel_width
)
6496 x0
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6501 && STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
6502 && XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->intervals
6503 && glyph
->charpos
>= 0
6504 && glyph
->charpos
< XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->size
)
6506 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
6507 arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by
6508 setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */
6509 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6510 Qhelp_echo
, glyph
->object
);
6514 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window
, w
);
6515 help_echo_object
= glyph
->object
;
6516 help_echo_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6519 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
6520 map
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6521 Qlocal_map
, glyph
->object
);
6523 cursor
= f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
;
6526 map
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6527 Qkeymap
, glyph
->object
);
6529 cursor
= f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
;
6534 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6535 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
6540 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
6541 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
6542 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
6543 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
6546 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
6550 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6556 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
6557 if (popup_activated ())
6560 if (NILP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6561 || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
6564 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= x
;
6565 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= y
;
6566 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= f
;
6568 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
)
6573 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 1;
6577 /* Which window is that in? */
6578 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &portion
, 1);
6580 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
6581 if (! EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
6582 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6584 /* Not on a window -> return. */
6585 if (!WINDOWP (window
))
6588 /* Reset help_echo. It will get recomputed below. */
6591 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
6592 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
6593 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
6595 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
6597 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6599 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
6603 /* Mouse is on the mode or header line? */
6604 if (portion
== 1 || portion
== 3)
6606 note_mode_line_highlight (w
, x
, portion
== 1);
6609 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6611 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
;
6613 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
;
6615 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
6616 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
6617 b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
6618 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
6620 && EQ (w
->window_end_valid
, w
->buffer
)
6621 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == BUF_MODIFF (b
)
6622 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
))
6624 int hpos
, vpos
, pos
, i
, area
;
6625 struct glyph
*glyph
;
6627 Lisp_Object mouse_face
= Qnil
, overlay
= Qnil
, position
;
6628 Lisp_Object
*overlay_vec
= NULL
;
6630 struct buffer
*obuf
;
6631 int obegv
, ozv
, same_region
;
6633 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6634 glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &area
, 0);
6636 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
6638 || area
!= TEXT_AREA
6639 || !MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->displays_text_p
)
6641 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6642 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6646 pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6647 object
= glyph
->object
;
6648 if (!STRINGP (object
) && !BUFFERP (object
))
6651 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
6652 if (BUFFERP (object
) && pos
> BUF_Z (b
))
6655 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
6656 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
6657 obuf
= current_buffer
;
6664 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
6665 position
= make_number (pos
);
6667 if (BUFFERP (object
))
6669 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
6670 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
6671 enough space for all, and try again. */
6673 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
6674 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
6675 if (noverlays
> len
)
6678 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
6679 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
,0);
6682 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
6683 noverlays
= sort_overlays (overlay_vec
, noverlays
, w
);
6688 same_region
= (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
6689 && vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6690 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6691 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6692 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
6693 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6694 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
6695 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
));
6697 /* TODO: if (same_region)
6700 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
6702 /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping
6703 the one we are currently highlighting, we have to
6704 check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then
6706 || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)
6707 && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)))
6709 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face
6712 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (overlay
); --i
)
6714 mouse_face
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qmouse_face
);
6715 if (!NILP (mouse_face
))
6716 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
6719 /* If we're actually highlighting the same overlay as
6720 before, there's no need to do that again. */
6722 && EQ (overlay
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
))
6723 goto check_help_echo
;
6725 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= overlay
;
6727 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
6728 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6729 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6731 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
6733 mouse_face
= Fget_text_property (position
, Qmouse_face
, object
);
6735 /* Handle the overlay case. */
6736 if (!NILP (overlay
))
6738 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6739 should be active. */
6740 Lisp_Object before
, after
;
6743 before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
6744 after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
6745 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6746 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
6747 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
6748 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
6749 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
6750 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, Qnil
);
6752 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
6753 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
6754 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
6755 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
6756 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
6757 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, Qnil
);
6758 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
6760 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
6761 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
6762 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
6764 /* Display it as active. */
6765 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
6766 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6768 /* Handle the text property case. */
6769 else if (! NILP (mouse_face
) && BUFFERP (object
))
6771 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6772 should be active. */
6773 Lisp_Object before
, after
, beginning
, end
;
6776 beginning
= Fmarker_position (w
->start
);
6777 end
= make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (object
))
6778 - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
));
6780 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
6784 = Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
6787 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6788 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
6789 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
6790 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
6791 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
6792 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, Qnil
);
6793 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
6794 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
6795 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
6796 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
6797 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
6798 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, Qnil
);
6799 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
6801 if (BUFFERP (object
))
6802 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
6803 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
6804 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
6806 /* Display it as active. */
6807 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
6808 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6810 else if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && STRINGP (object
))
6815 b
= Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
6818 e
= Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
6821 b
= make_number (0);
6823 e
= make_number (XSTRING (object
)->size
- 1);
6824 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (b
), object
,
6825 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
6826 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
6827 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
6828 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, 0);
6829 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (e
), object
,
6830 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
6831 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
6832 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
6833 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, 1);
6834 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
6835 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
6836 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
6837 = face_at_string_position (w
, object
, pos
, 0, 0, 0, &ignore
,
6839 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
6840 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6842 else if (STRINGP (object
) && NILP (mouse_face
))
6844 /* A string which doesn't have mouse-face, but
6845 the text ``under'' it might have. */
6846 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
6847 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
6849 pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
6851 mouse_face
= get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (pos
),
6855 if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && !NILP (overlay
))
6857 Lisp_Object before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
6858 Lisp_Object after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
6861 /* Note that we might not be able to find position
6862 BEFORE in the glyph matrix if the overlay is
6863 entirely covered by a `display' property. In
6864 this case, we overshoot. So let's stop in
6865 the glyph matrix before glyphs for OBJECT. */
6866 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
6867 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
6868 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
6869 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
6870 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
,
6873 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
6874 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
6875 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
6876 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
6877 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
6878 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
,
6880 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
6881 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
6882 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
6883 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
6885 /* Display it as active. */
6886 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
6887 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6894 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
6896 Lisp_Object help
, overlay
;
6898 /* Check overlays first. */
6899 help
= overlay
= Qnil
;
6900 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (help
); --i
)
6902 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
6903 help
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qhelp_echo
);
6909 help_echo_window
= window
;
6910 help_echo_object
= overlay
;
6911 help_echo_pos
= pos
;
6915 Lisp_Object object
= glyph
->object
;
6916 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6918 /* Try text properties. */
6919 if (STRINGP (object
)
6921 && charpos
< XSTRING (object
)->size
)
6923 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
6924 Qhelp_echo
, object
);
6927 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo,
6928 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
6930 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
6931 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
6932 int pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
6935 help
= Fget_char_property (make_number (pos
),
6936 Qhelp_echo
, w
->buffer
);
6945 else if (BUFFERP (object
)
6948 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
), Qhelp_echo
,
6954 help_echo_window
= window
;
6955 help_echo_object
= object
;
6956 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
6963 current_buffer
= obuf
;
6967 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6972 redo_mouse_highlight ()
6974 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
6975 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
6976 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
6977 LOWORD (last_mouse_motion_event
.lParam
),
6978 HIWORD (last_mouse_motion_event
.lParam
));
6983 /***********************************************************************
6985 ***********************************************************************/
6987 static int x_tool_bar_item
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int,
6988 struct glyph
**, int *, int *, int *));
6990 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
6993 static int last_tool_bar_item
;
6996 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
6997 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
6998 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
6999 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
7000 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
7002 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
7003 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
7007 x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, glyph
, hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
)
7010 struct glyph
**glyph
;
7011 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *prop_idx
;
7013 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7014 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
7017 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
7018 *glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, &area
, 0);
7022 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
7023 f->tool_bar_items. */
7024 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f
, *glyph
, prop_idx
))
7027 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
7028 if (EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
7029 && *vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7030 && *vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7031 && (*vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7032 || *hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
7033 && (*vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7034 || *hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
7035 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
7042 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
7043 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
7047 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, button_event
)
7049 struct input_event
*button_event
;
7051 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7052 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
7053 int hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
;
7054 struct glyph
*glyph
;
7055 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
7056 int x
= XFASTINT (button_event
->x
);
7057 int y
= XFASTINT (button_event
->y
);
7059 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
7060 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
7061 if (x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
) != 0)
7064 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
7065 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
7066 if (NILP (enabled_p
))
7069 if (button_event
->modifiers
& down_modifier
)
7071 /* Show item in pressed state. */
7072 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
);
7073 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
;
7074 last_tool_bar_item
= prop_idx
;
7078 Lisp_Object key
, frame
;
7079 struct input_event event
;
7081 /* Show item in released state. */
7082 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
);
7083 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7085 key
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY
);
7087 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7088 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
7089 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
7091 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
7093 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
7094 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
7096 /* The keyboard buffer doesn't like the up modifier being set. */
7097 event
.modifiers
= button_event
->modifiers
& ~up_modifier
;
7098 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
7099 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
7104 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
7105 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
7106 note_mouse_highlight. */
7109 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
7113 Lisp_Object window
= f
->tool_bar_window
;
7114 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7115 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7117 struct glyph
*glyph
;
7118 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7120 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
7122 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7123 int mouse_down_p
, rc
;
7125 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
7126 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
7127 if (x
<= 0 || y
<= 0)
7129 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7133 rc
= x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
);
7136 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
7137 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7141 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
7144 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7146 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
7147 mouse_down_p
= (dpyinfo
->grabbed
7148 && f
== last_mouse_frame
7149 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f
));
7151 && last_tool_bar_item
!= prop_idx
)
7154 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
7155 draw
= mouse_down_p
? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
: DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7157 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
7158 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
7159 if (!NILP (enabled_p
))
7161 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
7162 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
7163 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
7164 for (i
= x
= 0; i
< hpos
; ++i
)
7165 x
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
7167 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7168 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= hpos
;
7169 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= vpos
;
7170 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
7171 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= row
->y
;
7172 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
7174 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= hpos
+ 1;
7175 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= vpos
;
7176 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
7177 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= row
->y
;
7178 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7179 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
;
7181 /* Display it as active. */
7182 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
);
7183 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= draw
;
7188 /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item.
7189 w32_read_socket does the rest. */
7190 help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
7192 help_echo
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP
);
7193 if (NILP (help_echo
))
7194 help_echo
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION
);
7199 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position CHARPOS in window
7200 *W. HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
7201 current glyphs must be up to date. If CHARPOS is above window
7202 start return (0, 0, 0, 0). If CHARPOS is after end of W, return end
7203 of last line in W. In the row containing CHARPOS, stop before glyphs
7204 having STOP as object. */
7206 #if 0 /* This is a version of fast_find_position that's more correct
7207 in the presence of hscrolling, for example. I didn't install
7208 it right away because the problem fixed is minor, it failed
7209 in 20.x as well, and I think it's too risky to install
7210 so near the release of 21.1. 2001-09-25 gerd. */
7213 fast_find_position (w
, charpos
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, stop
)
7216 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
7219 struct glyph_row
*row
, *first
;
7220 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
7221 int i
, past_end
= 0;
7223 first
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7224 row
= row_containing_pos (w
, charpos
, first
, NULL
, 0);
7227 if (charpos
< MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first
))
7229 *x
= *y
= *hpos
= *vpos
= 0;
7234 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, XFASTINT (w
->window_end_vpos
));
7241 *vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
);
7243 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7244 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7246 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7247 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7249 if (row
->displays_text_p
)
7251 && INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
7252 && !EQ (stop
, glyph
->object
)
7253 && glyph
->charpos
< 0)
7255 *x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7260 && !INTEGERP (glyph
->object
)
7261 && !EQ (stop
, glyph
->object
)
7262 && (!BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
7263 || glyph
->charpos
< charpos
))
7265 *x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7269 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7276 fast_find_position (w
, pos
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, stop
)
7279 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
7284 int maybe_next_line_p
= 0;
7285 int line_start_position
;
7286 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
7287 struct glyph_row
*row
, *best_row
;
7288 int row_vpos
, best_row_vpos
;
7291 row
= best_row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7292 row_vpos
= best_row_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
);
7296 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7297 line_start_position
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
;
7299 line_start_position
= 0;
7301 if (line_start_position
> pos
)
7303 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
7304 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
7305 else if (line_start_position
== pos
7306 && pos
== BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
7308 maybe_next_line_p
= 1;
7311 else if (line_start_position
> 0)
7314 best_row_vpos
= row_vpos
;
7317 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
>= yb
)
7324 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
7326 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
7327 for (i
= 0; i
< best_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
++)
7329 struct glyph
*glyph
= best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + i
;
7330 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
7332 if (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
7337 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
7342 else if (charpos
> pos
)
7345 else if (EQ (glyph
->object
, stop
))
7350 current_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7353 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
7354 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
7355 use the start of the following line. */
7356 if (maybe_next_line_p
)
7361 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
7364 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
7365 *hpos
= lastcol
+ 1;
7374 /* Find the position of the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in
7375 window W's current matrix, and return in *X/*Y the pixel
7376 coordinates, and return in *HPOS/*VPOS the column/row of the glyph.
7378 RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the
7379 glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position.
7381 If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of
7382 the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if
7383 RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS
7384 exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the
7385 next larger position in OBJECT.
7387 Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */
7390 fast_find_string_pos (w
, pos
, object
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, right_p
)
7394 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
7397 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
7398 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7399 struct glyph
*best_glyph
= NULL
;
7400 struct glyph_row
*best_row
= NULL
;
7403 for (r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7404 r
->enabled_p
&& r
->y
< yb
;
7407 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7408 struct glyph
*e
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7411 for (gx
= r
->x
; g
< e
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
7412 if (EQ (g
->object
, object
))
7414 if (g
->charpos
== pos
)
7421 else if (best_glyph
== NULL
7422 || ((abs (g
->charpos
- pos
)
7423 < abs (best_glyph
->charpos
- pos
))
7426 : g
->charpos
> pos
)))
7440 *hpos
= best_glyph
- best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7444 *x
+= best_glyph
->pixel_width
;
7449 *vpos
= best_row
- w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
7452 return best_glyph
!= NULL
;
7456 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
7457 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
7460 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
)
7461 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7462 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
;
7464 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
);
7465 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7467 if (/* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
7469 w
->current_matrix
!= NULL
7470 /* Don't update mouse highlight if hidden */
7471 && (draw
!= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| !dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
7472 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
7473 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
7474 && dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
7476 int phys_cursor_on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
7477 struct glyph_row
*row
, *first
, *last
;
7479 first
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
);
7480 last
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
);
7482 for (row
= first
; row
<= last
&& row
->enabled_p
; ++row
)
7484 int start_hpos
, end_hpos
, start_x
;
7486 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
7489 start_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
;
7490 start_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
;
7499 end_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
;
7501 end_hpos
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7503 if (end_hpos
> start_hpos
)
7505 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
7506 start_hpos
, end_hpos
, draw
, 0);
7509 = draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| draw
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7513 /* When we've written over the cursor, arrange for it to
7514 be displayed again. */
7515 if (phys_cursor_on_p
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
7516 x_display_cursor (w
, 1,
7517 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
7518 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
7521 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
7522 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
7523 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
7524 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7525 f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
7526 else if (draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
7527 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7528 f
->output_data
.x
->cross_cursor
);
7530 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7531 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
7535 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
7536 Redraw it un-highlighted first. */
7539 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
)
7540 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7544 if (! NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7546 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
);
7550 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
7551 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
7552 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
7553 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
7558 /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
7559 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
7560 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
7563 x_clear_mouse_face (w
)
7566 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
7567 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
7571 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
7572 if (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7573 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7578 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
7579 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
7582 cancel_mouse_face (f
)
7586 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7588 window
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
;
7589 if (! NILP (window
) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
) == f
)
7591 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
7592 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
7593 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
7597 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
7598 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
7599 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
7600 static void x_check_fullscreen_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
7601 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, RECT
*));
7604 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
7605 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
7606 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
7610 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
7618 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &part
, 0);
7621 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7622 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7623 struct glyph_row
*end
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
7625 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
7627 for (; r
< end
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
7628 if (r
->y
<= y
&& r
->y
+ r
->height
> y
)
7630 /* Found the row at y. */
7631 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7632 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7635 rect
->top
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
7636 rect
->bottom
= rect
->top
+ r
->height
;
7640 /* x is to the left of the first glyph in the row. */
7641 rect
->left
= XINT (w
->left
);
7642 rect
->right
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, r
->x
);
7646 for (gx
= r
->x
; g
< end
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
7647 if (gx
<= x
&& gx
+ g
->pixel_width
> x
)
7649 /* x is on a glyph. */
7650 rect
->left
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
7651 rect
->right
= rect
->left
+ g
->pixel_width
;
7655 /* x is to the right of the last glyph in the row. */
7656 rect
->left
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
7657 rect
->right
= XINT (w
->left
) + XINT (w
->width
);
7662 /* The y is not on any row. */
7666 /* Record the position of the mouse in last_mouse_glyph. */
7668 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, gx
, gy
)
7672 if (!glyph_rect (f1
, gx
, gy
, &last_mouse_glyph
))
7674 int width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
7675 int height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
7677 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
7678 round down even for negative values. */
7684 /* This was the original code from XTmouse_position, but it seems
7685 to give the position of the glyph diagonally next to the one
7686 the mouse is over. */
7687 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
7688 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
7690 gx
= gx
/ width
* width
;
7691 gy
= gy
/ height
* height
;
7694 last_mouse_glyph
.left
= gx
;
7695 last_mouse_glyph
.top
= gy
;
7696 last_mouse_glyph
.right
= gx
+ width
;
7697 last_mouse_glyph
.bottom
= gy
+ height
;
7701 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
7702 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
7704 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
7705 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
7706 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
7707 position on the scroll bar.
7709 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
7710 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
7713 Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
7714 was at this position.
7716 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
7718 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
7722 w32_mouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
7725 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
7726 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
7728 unsigned long *time
;
7734 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
7735 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
7740 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7742 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
7743 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7744 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
7746 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
7750 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
7751 containing the pointer. */
7753 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
7754 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
7756 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
7757 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
7758 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
7762 /* Is window under mouse one of our frames? */
7763 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
),
7764 WindowFromPoint (pt
));
7767 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
7770 struct scroll_bar
*bar
7771 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint (pt
));
7775 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7779 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
7780 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
7784 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
7785 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
7786 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
7787 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
7788 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
7789 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
7790 the frame are divided into. */
7792 #if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE
7793 int ignore1
, ignore2
;
7795 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1
), &pt
);
7797 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1
, pt
.x
, pt
.y
, &ignore1
, &ignore2
,
7799 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
)->grabbed
7802 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1
), &pt
);
7803 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, pt
.x
, pt
.y
);
7811 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
7820 /* Scroll bar support. */
7822 /* Given a window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
7823 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
7826 static struct scroll_bar
*
7827 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id
)
7832 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
7833 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
7836 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
7838 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
7839 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
7840 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
7843 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
7845 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
7846 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
7847 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
7848 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
7849 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
7852 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
7853 if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
)
7854 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
7862 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
7863 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
7866 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
7867 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7868 int portion
, position
, whole
;
7870 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
);
7871 double range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
7872 int sb_page
, sb_pos
;
7873 BOOL draggingp
= !NILP (bar
->dragging
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
7877 /* Position scroll bar at rock bottom if the bottom of the
7878 buffer is visible. This avoids shinking the thumb away
7879 to nothing if it is held at the bottom of the buffer. */
7880 if (position
+ portion
>= whole
)
7882 sb_page
= range
* (whole
- position
) / whole
7883 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
7887 sb_page
= portion
* range
/ whole
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
7888 sb_pos
= position
* range
/ whole
;
7898 if (pfnSetScrollInfo
)
7902 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
7903 /* Only update page size if currently dragging, to reduce
7906 si
.fMask
= SIF_PAGE
;
7908 si
.fMask
= SIF_PAGE
| SIF_POS
;
7912 pfnSetScrollInfo (w
, SB_CTL
, &si
, !draggingp
);
7915 SetScrollPos (w
, SB_CTL
, sb_pos
, !draggingp
);
7921 /************************************************************************
7922 Scroll bars, general
7923 ************************************************************************/
7926 my_create_scrollbar (f
, bar
)
7928 struct scroll_bar
* bar
;
7930 return (HWND
) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
7931 WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR
, (WPARAM
) f
,
7935 /*#define ATTACH_THREADS*/
7938 my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f
, HWND hwnd
, int how
)
7940 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7941 return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW
,
7942 (WPARAM
) hwnd
, (LPARAM
) how
);
7944 return ShowWindow (hwnd
, how
);
7949 my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd
, HWND hwndAfter
,
7950 int x
, int y
, int cx
, int cy
, UINT flags
)
7952 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7954 pos
.hwndInsertAfter
= hwndAfter
;
7960 SendMessage (hwnd
, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS
, (WPARAM
) &pos
, 0);
7962 SetWindowPos (hwnd
, hwndAfter
, x
, y
, cx
, cy
, flags
);
7967 my_set_focus (f
, hwnd
)
7971 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS
,
7976 my_set_foreground_window (hwnd
)
7979 SendMessage (hwnd
, WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND
, (WPARAM
) hwnd
, 0);
7983 my_destroy_window (f
, hwnd
)
7987 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW
,
7991 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
7992 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
7993 WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
7996 static struct scroll_bar
*
7997 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
7999 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
8001 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8003 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8004 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
8008 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
8009 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
8010 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
8011 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
8012 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
8013 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
8014 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
8015 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8017 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
8019 hwnd
= my_create_scrollbar (f
, bar
);
8021 if (pfnSetScrollInfo
)
8025 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
8028 si
.nMax
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
)
8029 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
8033 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd
, SB_CTL
, &si
, FALSE
);
8037 SetScrollRange (hwnd
, SB_CTL
, 0,
8038 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
), FALSE
);
8039 SetScrollPos (hwnd
, SB_CTL
, 0, FALSE
);
8042 SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
, hwnd
);
8044 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
8045 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
8047 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
8048 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
8049 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
8057 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
8061 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
8062 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8064 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8068 /* Destroy the window. */
8069 my_destroy_window (f
, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
));
8071 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
8072 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
8077 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
8078 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
8079 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
8082 w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
8084 int portion
, whole
, position
;
8086 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8087 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8088 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
8089 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
8091 /* Get window dimensions. */
8092 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
8094 width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
8095 height
= window_height
;
8097 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
8098 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
8099 left
= XINT (w
->left
) + XINT (w
->width
) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
);
8101 left
= XFASTINT (w
->left
);
8102 left
*= CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
8103 left
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
8105 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
8106 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
8107 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8108 sb_width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8112 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
8113 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
8114 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
8116 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
8118 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
8119 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
8123 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
8125 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
8126 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
8127 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
8131 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
8135 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
8138 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
8139 hwnd
= SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
);
8141 /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */
8142 if ( XINT (bar
->left
) == sb_left
8143 && XINT (bar
->top
) == top
8144 && XINT (bar
->width
) == sb_width
8145 && XINT (bar
->height
) == height
)
8147 /* Redraw after clear_frame. */
8148 if (!my_show_window (f
, hwnd
, SW_NORMAL
))
8149 InvalidateRect (hwnd
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8155 if (width
&& height
)
8157 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
8158 /* Since Windows scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
8159 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
8160 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
,
8165 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
8167 /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the
8168 area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */
8169 my_show_window (f
, hwnd
, SW_HIDE
);
8170 MoveWindow (hwnd
, sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
8171 top
, sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
8172 max (height
, 1), TRUE
);
8173 if (pfnSetScrollInfo
)
8177 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
8178 si
.fMask
= SIF_RANGE
;
8180 si
.nMax
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
)
8181 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
8183 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd
, SB_CTL
, &si
, FALSE
);
8186 SetScrollRange (hwnd
, SB_CTL
, 0,
8187 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
), FALSE
);
8188 my_show_window (f
, hwnd
, SW_NORMAL
);
8189 /* InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE); */
8191 /* Remember new settings. */
8192 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
8193 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
8194 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
8195 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
8200 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
8202 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
8206 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
8207 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
8208 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
8209 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
8210 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
8211 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
8212 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
8214 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
8215 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
8216 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
8219 w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
8222 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
8223 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
8226 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
8227 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
8228 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
8229 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
8230 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
8231 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
8232 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
8237 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
8238 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
8241 w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window
)
8242 struct window
*window
;
8244 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8247 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
8248 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
8251 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
8253 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
8254 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
8255 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
8257 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
8259 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
8260 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
8262 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
8263 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
8264 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
8266 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
8267 one or the other! */
8271 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
8273 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
8274 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
8276 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
8278 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
8279 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
8280 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
8283 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
8284 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
8287 w32_judge_scroll_bars (f
)
8290 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
8292 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
8294 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
8295 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
8296 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
8298 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
8300 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8302 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8305 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
8308 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
8309 and they should get garbage-collected. */
8312 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
8313 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
8315 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
8319 w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, msg
, emacs_event
)
8320 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8322 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
8324 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
8327 emacs_event
->kind
= w32_scroll_bar_click
;
8328 emacs_event
->code
= 0;
8329 /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */
8330 emacs_event
->modifiers
= msg
->dwModifiers
;
8331 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
8332 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
8333 emacs_event
->timestamp
= msg
->msg
.time
;
8336 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
8338 int dragging
= !NILP (bar
->dragging
);
8340 if (pfnGetScrollInfo
)
8344 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
8347 pfnGetScrollInfo ((HWND
) msg
->msg
.lParam
, SB_CTL
, &si
);
8351 y
= GetScrollPos ((HWND
) msg
->msg
.lParam
, SB_CTL
);
8353 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8356 last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos
= msg
->msg
.wParam
;
8358 switch (LOWORD (msg
->msg
.wParam
))
8361 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8364 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
8367 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
8370 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
8373 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8377 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8381 case SB_THUMBPOSITION
:
8382 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
)) <= 0xffff)
8383 y
= HIWORD (msg
->msg
.wParam
);
8385 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8387 /* "Silently" update current position. */
8388 if (pfnSetScrollInfo
)
8392 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
8395 /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real
8396 position, so don't set that directly. */
8397 last_scroll_bar_drag_pos
= y
;
8399 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
), SB_CTL
, &si
, FALSE
);
8402 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
), SB_CTL
, y
, FALSE
);
8405 /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll
8406 handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do
8410 if (pfnSetScrollInfo
)
8413 int start
= XINT (bar
->start
);
8414 int end
= XINT (bar
->end
);
8416 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
8417 si
.fMask
= SIF_PAGE
| SIF_POS
;
8418 si
.nPage
= end
- start
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
8419 si
.nPos
= last_scroll_bar_drag_pos
;
8420 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
), SB_CTL
, &si
, TRUE
);
8423 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
), SB_CTL
, y
, TRUE
);
8427 emacs_event
->kind
= no_event
;
8431 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
8432 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
8438 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
8439 on the scroll bar. */
8442 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
8444 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
8445 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
8447 unsigned long *time
;
8449 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
8450 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
);
8451 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8453 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
8458 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
8460 if (pfnGetScrollInfo
)
8464 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
8465 si
.fMask
= SIF_POS
| SIF_PAGE
| SIF_RANGE
;
8467 pfnGetScrollInfo (w
, SB_CTL
, &si
);
8469 top_range
= si
.nMax
- si
.nPage
+ 1;
8472 pos
= GetScrollPos (w
, SB_CTL
);
8474 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos
))
8476 case SB_THUMBPOSITION
:
8478 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8479 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
)) <= 0xffff)
8480 pos
= HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos
);
8483 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8487 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8492 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
8495 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
8497 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
8503 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
8504 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
8505 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
8509 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
8514 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
8515 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
8516 But in that case we should not clear them. */
8517 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8518 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
8519 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
8521 HWND window
= SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
));
8522 HDC hdc
= GetDC (window
);
8525 /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move
8526 arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */
8527 my_show_window (f
, window
, SW_HIDE
);
8529 GetClientRect (window
, &rect
);
8530 select_palette (f
, hdc
);
8531 w32_clear_rect (f
, hdc
, &rect
);
8532 deselect_palette (f
, hdc
);
8534 ReleaseDC (window
, hdc
);
8539 /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
8541 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
8542 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
8544 static int temp_index
;
8545 static short temp_buffer
[100];
8548 /* Read events coming from the W32 shell.
8549 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
8550 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8552 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
8553 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
8554 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8555 thus pretending to be `read'.
8557 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
8559 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
8560 system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return
8561 the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
8562 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
8563 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
8564 which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called
8565 recursively with different messages by the system.
8569 w32_read_socket (sd
, bufp
, numchars
, expected
)
8571 /* register */ struct input_event
*bufp
;
8572 /* register */ int numchars
;
8576 int check_visibility
= 0;
8579 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
8581 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
8583 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8587 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
8590 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
8591 input_signal_count
++;
8594 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
8596 /* TODO: tool-bars, ghostscript integration, mouse
8598 while (get_next_msg (&msg
, FALSE
))
8600 switch (msg
.msg
.message
)
8603 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8607 if (msg
.rect
.right
== msg
.rect
.left
||
8608 msg
.rect
.bottom
== msg
.rect
.top
)
8610 /* We may get paint messages even though the client
8611 area is clipped - these are not expose events. */
8612 DebPrint (("clipped frame %p (%s) got WM_PAINT - ignored\n", f
,
8613 XSTRING (f
->name
)->data
));
8615 else if (f
->async_visible
!= 1)
8617 /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */
8618 f
->async_visible
= 1;
8619 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8620 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8621 DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) reexposed by WM_PAINT\n", f
,
8622 XSTRING (f
->name
)->data
));
8624 /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report
8625 visibility changes properly. */
8628 bufp
->kind
= deiconify_event
;
8629 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8635 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
8636 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
8637 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
8638 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
8639 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8643 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
8645 /* Erase background again for safety. */
8646 w32_clear_rect (f
, hdc
, &msg
.rect
);
8647 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
8651 msg
.rect
.right
- msg
.rect
.left
,
8652 msg
.rect
.bottom
- msg
.rect
.top
);
8657 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE
:
8658 /* Generate a language change event. */
8659 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8666 bufp
->kind
= language_change_event
;
8667 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8669 bufp
->code
= msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8670 bufp
->modifiers
= msg
.msg
.lParam
& 0xffff;
8679 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8681 if (f
&& !f
->iconified
)
8683 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
8685 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
8686 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
8689 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
8691 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8692 bufp
->kind
= non_ascii_keystroke
;
8693 bufp
->code
= msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8694 bufp
->modifiers
= msg
.dwModifiers
;
8695 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8697 bufp
->timestamp
= msg
.msg
.time
;
8706 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8708 if (f
&& !f
->iconified
)
8710 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
8712 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
8713 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
8716 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
8718 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8719 bufp
->kind
= ascii_keystroke
;
8720 bufp
->code
= msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8721 bufp
->modifiers
= msg
.dwModifiers
;
8722 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8724 bufp
->timestamp
= msg
.msg
.time
;
8732 previous_help_echo
= help_echo
;
8733 help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
8736 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
8737 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
8738 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
8740 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8742 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
8744 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
8745 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
8749 note_mouse_movement (f
, &msg
.msg
);
8752 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8753 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8754 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
8757 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
8758 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8759 if (help_echo
!= previous_help_echo
)
8765 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8769 any_help_event_p
= 1;
8770 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
, help_echo
, frame
,
8771 help_echo_window
, help_echo_object
,
8773 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
8777 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN
:
8779 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN
:
8781 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN
:
8783 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN
:
8786 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8787 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8788 struct input_event emacs_event
;
8793 emacs_event
.kind
= no_event
;
8795 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
8796 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
8797 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
8799 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8803 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event
, &msg
, f
);
8805 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8806 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
8807 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)->height
))
8812 x
= XFASTINT (emacs_event
.x
);
8813 y
= XFASTINT (emacs_event
.y
);
8816 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &p
, 1);
8818 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
8820 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, &emacs_event
);
8826 if (!dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
8827 || f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
8830 construct_mouse_click (bufp
, &msg
, f
);
8837 parse_button (msg
.msg
.message
, HIWORD (msg
.msg
.wParam
),
8842 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~ (1 << button
);
8846 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << button
);
8847 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
8848 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
8849 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
8850 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
8856 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
8862 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
8863 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
8864 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
8866 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8870 if ((!dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
8871 || f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
8874 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp
, &msg
, f
);
8883 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8887 construct_drag_n_drop (bufp
, &msg
, f
);
8896 struct scroll_bar
*bar
=
8897 x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND
)msg
.msg
.lParam
);
8899 if (bar
&& numchars
>= 1)
8901 if (w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &msg
, bufp
))
8911 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED
:
8912 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8915 x_check_fullscreen_move(f
);
8916 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
8917 f
->output_data
.w32
->want_fullscreen
&=
8918 ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
8920 check_visibility
= 1;
8924 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP
:
8925 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8927 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8928 check_visibility
= 1;
8932 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8934 if (f
&& !f
->async_iconified
)
8938 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
8939 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
= x
;
8940 f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
= y
;
8943 check_visibility
= 1;
8947 /* wParam non-zero means Window is about to be shown, 0 means
8948 about to be hidden. */
8949 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
8950 if (!msg
.msg
.wParam
&& msg
.msg
.hwnd
== tip_window
)
8953 redo_mouse_highlight ();
8956 /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window
8957 being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck
8958 visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own
8959 windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */
8961 if (msg
.msg
.lParam
!= 0)
8962 check_visibility
= 1;
8965 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8966 f
->async_visible
= msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8970 check_visibility
= 1;
8974 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8976 /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */
8979 switch (msg
.msg
.wParam
)
8981 case SIZE_MINIMIZED
:
8982 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8983 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8985 bufp
->kind
= iconify_event
;
8986 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8993 case SIZE_MAXIMIZED
:
8995 f
->async_visible
= 1;
8996 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8998 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
8999 the frame's display structures. */
9000 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9006 /* Reset top and left positions of the Window
9007 here since Windows sends a WM_MOVE message
9008 BEFORE telling us the Window is minimized
9009 when the Window is iconified, with 3000,3000
9011 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
9012 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
= x
;
9013 f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
= y
;
9015 bufp
->kind
= deiconify_event
;
9016 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
9022 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
9023 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
9024 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
9025 to update the frame titles
9026 in case this is the second frame. */
9027 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
9032 if (f
&& !f
->async_iconified
&& msg
.msg
.wParam
!= SIZE_MINIMIZED
)
9040 GetClientRect (msg
.msg
.hwnd
, &rect
);
9042 height
= rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
;
9043 width
= rect
.right
- rect
.left
;
9045 rows
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, height
);
9046 columns
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, width
);
9048 /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */
9050 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
9051 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
9052 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
9054 if (columns
!= f
->width
9055 || rows
!= f
->height
9056 || width
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->pixel_width
9057 || height
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->pixel_height
)
9059 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
9060 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9061 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9062 f
->output_data
.w32
->pixel_width
= width
;
9063 f
->output_data
.w32
->pixel_height
= height
;
9064 f
->output_data
.w32
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9068 check_visibility
= 1;
9072 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
9075 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9077 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9078 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9079 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
9080 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9083 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9084 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9085 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9086 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9087 if (any_help_event_p
)
9092 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9094 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
,
9095 Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
9096 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
9102 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
9104 dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
= f
;
9107 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
9110 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
9111 check_visibility
= 1;
9115 /* TODO: some of this belongs in MOUSE_LEAVE */
9116 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
9120 if (f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
)
9121 dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9123 if (f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
9124 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
9126 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9128 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9129 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9130 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
9131 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9134 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9135 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9136 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9137 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9138 if (any_help_event_p
)
9143 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9145 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
,
9146 Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
9147 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-=n
;
9151 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
9152 check_visibility
= 1;
9156 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
9163 bufp
->kind
= delete_window_event
;
9164 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
9173 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
9180 bufp
->kind
= menu_bar_activate_event
;
9181 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
9190 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
9194 extern void menubar_selection_callback
9195 (FRAME_PTR f
, void * client_data
);
9196 menubar_selection_callback (f
, (void *)msg
.msg
.wParam
);
9199 check_visibility
= 1;
9202 case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE
:
9203 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
9207 dpyinfo
->width
= (short) LOWORD (msg
.msg
.lParam
);
9208 dpyinfo
->height
= (short) HIWORD (msg
.msg
.lParam
);
9209 dpyinfo
->n_cbits
= msg
.msg
.wParam
;
9210 DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", dpyinfo
->width
,
9214 check_visibility
= 1;
9218 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
9219 if (msg
.msg
.message
== msh_mousewheel
)
9221 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
9222 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
9223 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
9225 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
9229 if ((!dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
9230 || f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
9233 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp
, &msg
, f
);
9244 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
9246 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
9247 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
9249 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
9250 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
9253 /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user
9254 events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We
9255 do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct
9256 notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has
9257 changed (at least, not in all cases). */
9258 if (count
> 0 || check_visibility
)
9260 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
9262 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9264 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9265 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid the
9266 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
9267 if (EQ (frame
, tip_frame
))
9270 /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not.
9271 Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and
9272 obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */
9273 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
) && f
->async_visible
)
9279 /* Query clipping rectangle for the entire window area
9280 (GetWindowDC), not just the client portion (GetDC).
9281 Otherwise, the scrollbars and menubar aren't counted as
9282 part of the visible area of the frame, and we may think
9283 the frame is obscured when really a scrollbar is still
9284 visible and gets WM_PAINT messages above. */
9285 hdc
= GetWindowDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
9286 GetClipBox (hdc
, &clipbox
);
9287 ReleaseDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), hdc
);
9290 if (clipbox
.right
== clipbox
.left
9291 || clipbox
.bottom
== clipbox
.top
)
9293 /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as
9294 such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so
9295 that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay
9297 f
->async_visible
= 2;
9299 if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
9301 DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) obscured\n", f
,
9302 XSTRING (f
->name
)->data
));
9307 /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */
9308 f
->async_visible
= 1;
9310 if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
9312 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9313 DebPrint (("obscured frame %p (%s) found to be visible\n", f
,
9314 XSTRING (f
->name
)->data
));
9316 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */
9317 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
9331 /***********************************************************************
9333 ***********************************************************************/
9335 /* Notice if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a
9336 drawing operation that outputs glyphs starting at START_X and
9337 ending at END_X in the line given by output_cursor.vpos.
9338 Coordinates are area-relative. END_X < 0 means all the rest
9339 of the line after START_X has been written. */
9342 notice_overwritten_cursor (w
, area
, x0
, x1
, y0
, y1
)
9344 enum glyph_row_area area
;
9347 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
9348 && w
->phys_cursor_on_p
9349 && y0
<= w
->phys_cursor
.y
9350 && y1
>= w
->phys_cursor
.y
+ w
->phys_cursor_height
9351 && x0
<= w
->phys_cursor
.x
9352 && (x1
< 0 || x1
> w
->phys_cursor
.x
))
9353 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
9357 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
9358 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
9359 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
9360 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
9362 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
9363 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
9364 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
9367 w32_clip_to_row (w
, row
, hdc
, whole_line_p
)
9369 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9373 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
9375 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
9377 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
9379 clip_rect
.left
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
9380 clip_rect
.top
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
9381 clip_rect
.top
= max (clip_rect
.top
, window_y
);
9382 clip_rect
.right
= clip_rect
.left
+ window_width
;
9383 clip_rect
.bottom
= clip_rect
.top
+ row
->visible_height
;
9385 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
9386 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
9389 clip_rect
.left
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
9390 clip_rect
.right
+= FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f
);
9393 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc
, &clip_rect
);
9397 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
9400 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
9402 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9404 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
9408 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
9409 HBRUSH hb
= CreateSolidBrush (f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
);
9411 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
9413 rect
.left
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
9414 rect
.top
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
)
9415 + row
->ascent
- w
->phys_cursor_ascent
);
9416 rect
.bottom
= rect
.top
+ row
->height
;
9418 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
9419 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
9420 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
9421 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
9424 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
9425 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
9426 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
9428 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
9429 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
9430 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
9431 wd
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (f
), wd
);
9433 rect
.right
= rect
.left
+ wd
;
9434 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
9435 FrameRect (hdc
, &rect
, hb
);
9438 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
9442 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
9444 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
9445 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
9446 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
9450 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
)
9452 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9455 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9456 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
9460 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
9461 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
9463 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
9464 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
9467 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
9468 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
9469 the bar might not be in the window. */
9470 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
9472 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9473 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
9474 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
9478 COLORREF cursor_color
= f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
;
9479 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
9482 width
= f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_width
;
9484 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
9485 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
9486 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
9487 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
9488 that the glyph is legible. */
9489 if (face
->background
== cursor_color
)
9490 cursor_color
= face
->foreground
;
9492 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
9493 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
9494 w32_clip_to_row (w
, row
, hdc
, 0);
9495 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, cursor_color
, x
,
9496 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
9497 min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
),
9499 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
9504 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
9505 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
9506 is is about to be rewritten. */
9512 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) && w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
9513 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
9517 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
9518 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
9521 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, hl
)
9523 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9524 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
9526 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
9527 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
9528 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
9529 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
9531 int on_p
= w
->phys_cursor_on_p
;
9532 x_draw_glyphs (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
9533 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
+ 1,
9535 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= on_p
;
9537 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
9538 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
9540 if (hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
&& row
->overlapped_p
)
9542 if (row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
9543 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
- 1))
9544 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
- 1, TEXT_AREA
);
9546 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < window_text_bottom_y (w
)
9547 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
+ 1))
9548 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
+ 1, TEXT_AREA
);
9554 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
9557 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
)
9560 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9561 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9562 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
9563 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
9564 int mouse_face_here_p
= 0;
9565 struct glyph_matrix
*active_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
9566 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
;
9567 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
9568 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
9570 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
9572 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== NO_CURSOR
)
9573 goto mark_cursor_off
;
9575 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
9576 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
9577 if (vpos
>= active_glyphs
->nrows
)
9578 goto mark_cursor_off
;
9580 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
9582 cursor_row
= MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs
, vpos
);
9583 if (!cursor_row
->enabled_p
)
9584 goto mark_cursor_off
;
9586 /* If row is completely invisible, don't attempt to delete a cursor which
9587 isn't there. This may happen if cursor is at top of window, and
9588 we switch to a buffer with a header line in that window. */
9589 if (cursor_row
->visible_height
<= 0)
9590 goto mark_cursor_off
;
9592 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
9593 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
9594 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
9595 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
9596 cursor glyph at hand. */
9597 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
9598 goto mark_cursor_off
;
9600 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
9601 we clear the cursor. */
9602 if (! NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
9603 && w
== XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
9604 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9605 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9606 && hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
))
9607 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9608 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9609 && hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
))
9610 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
9611 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
9612 mouse highlighting does not. */
9613 && cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > hpos
)
9614 mouse_face_here_p
= 1;
9616 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
9617 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
)
9620 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
9623 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
9624 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
9625 goto mark_cursor_off
;
9627 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
9629 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
9630 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, x
,
9631 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
9633 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
9634 cursor_row
->visible_height
);
9635 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
9638 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
9639 if (mouse_face_here_p
)
9640 hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
9642 hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
9643 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, cursor_row
, hl
);
9646 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
9647 w
->phys_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
9651 /* Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */
9654 cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w
)
9657 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
9658 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
9659 int in_mouse_face
= 0;
9661 if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
9662 && XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
) == w
)
9664 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
9665 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
9667 if (vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9668 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9669 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9670 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
9671 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9672 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
9673 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
9677 return in_mouse_face
;
9681 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
9682 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
9683 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
9686 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
9688 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
9690 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9691 int new_cursor_type
;
9692 int new_cursor_width
;
9693 struct glyph_matrix
*current_glyphs
;
9694 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
9695 struct glyph
*glyph
;
9696 int cursor_non_selected
;
9697 int active_cursor
= 1;
9699 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
9700 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
9701 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
9703 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9704 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
)
9705 || vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
9706 || hpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
)
9709 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
9710 if (!on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
9713 current_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
9714 glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs
, vpos
);
9715 glyph
= glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + hpos
;
9717 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
9718 display the cursor. */
9719 if (!glyph_row
->enabled_p
)
9721 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
9725 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
9727 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a
9728 mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are
9729 reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want
9730 the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly
9731 marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow
9734 = !NILP (Fbuffer_local_value (Qcursor_in_non_selected_windows
,
9736 new_cursor_width
= -1;
9737 if (cursor_in_echo_area
9738 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f
)
9739 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f
), echo_area_window
))
9741 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
))
9742 new_cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
9745 if (cursor_non_selected
)
9746 new_cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
9748 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
9754 if (f
!= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_highlight_frame
9755 || w
!= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
9759 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
9760 || !cursor_non_selected
9761 || NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->cursor_type
))
9762 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
9764 new_cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
9768 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
9770 if (EQ (b
->cursor_type
, Qt
))
9771 new_cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
9773 new_cursor_type
= x_specified_cursor_type (b
->cursor_type
,
9775 if (w
->cursor_off_p
)
9777 if (new_cursor_type
== FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
)
9778 new_cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
9779 else if (new_cursor_type
== BAR_CURSOR
&& new_cursor_width
> 1)
9780 new_cursor_width
= 1;
9782 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
9787 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
9788 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
9790 if (w
->phys_cursor_on_p
9792 || w
->phys_cursor
.x
!= x
9793 || w
->phys_cursor
.y
!= y
9794 || new_cursor_type
!= w
->phys_cursor_type
9795 || (new_cursor_type
== BAR_CURSOR
9796 && new_cursor_width
!= w
->phys_cursor_width
)))
9797 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
);
9799 /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible,
9801 if (on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
9803 w
->phys_cursor_ascent
= glyph_row
->ascent
;
9804 w
->phys_cursor_height
= glyph_row
->height
;
9806 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
9807 of them may need the information. */
9808 w
->phys_cursor
.x
= x
;
9809 w
->phys_cursor
.y
= glyph_row
->y
;
9810 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
9811 w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
9813 /* If the user wants to use the system caret, make sure our own
9814 cursor remains invisible. */
9815 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
)
9817 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
!= NO_CURSOR
)
9818 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
);
9820 new_cursor_type
= w
->phys_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
9821 w
->phys_cursor_width
= -1;
9825 w
->phys_cursor_type
= new_cursor_type
;
9826 w
->phys_cursor_width
= new_cursor_width
;
9829 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
9831 /* If this is the active cursor, we need to track it with the
9832 system caret, so third party software like screen magnifiers
9833 and speech synthesizers can follow the cursor. */
9836 HWND hwnd
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
9839 = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
9841 = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
)
9842 + glyph_row
->ascent
- w
->phys_cursor_ascent
);
9844 /* If the size of the active cursor changed, destroy the old
9846 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd
9847 && (w32_system_caret_height
!= w
->phys_cursor_height
))
9848 PostMessage (hwnd
, WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET
, 0, 0);
9850 w32_system_caret_height
= w
->phys_cursor_height
;
9852 /* Move the system caret. */
9853 PostMessage (hwnd
, WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET
, 0, 0);
9856 switch (new_cursor_type
)
9858 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
9859 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
9862 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
9863 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
9867 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, new_cursor_width
);
9880 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
9881 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
9882 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
9883 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
9884 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
9887 x_display_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
9889 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
9892 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
9897 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
9898 Don't change the cursor's position. */
9901 x_update_cursor (f
, on_p
)
9905 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), on_p
);
9909 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
9910 in the window tree rooted at W. */
9913 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w
, on_p
)
9919 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
9920 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), on_p
);
9921 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
9922 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), on_p
);
9924 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on_p
);
9926 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w
->next
);
9931 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
9935 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on
)
9939 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
9940 of being deleted. */
9941 if (w
->current_matrix
)
9944 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
,
9945 w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
,
9957 x_bitmap_icon (f
, icon
)
9963 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9967 hicon
= LoadIcon (hinst
, EMACS_CLASS
);
9968 else if (STRINGP (icon
))
9969 hicon
= LoadImage (NULL
, (LPCTSTR
) XSTRING (icon
)->data
, IMAGE_ICON
, 0, 0,
9970 LR_DEFAULTSIZE
| LR_LOADFROMFILE
);
9971 else if (SYMBOLP (icon
))
9975 if (EQ (icon
, intern ("application")))
9976 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_APPLICATION
;
9977 else if (EQ (icon
, intern ("hand")))
9978 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_HAND
;
9979 else if (EQ (icon
, intern ("question")))
9980 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_QUESTION
;
9981 else if (EQ (icon
, intern ("exclamation")))
9982 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_EXCLAMATION
;
9983 else if (EQ (icon
, intern ("asterisk")))
9984 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_ASTERISK
;
9985 else if (EQ (icon
, intern ("winlogo")))
9986 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_WINLOGO
;
9990 hicon
= LoadIcon (NULL
, name
);
9998 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_SETICON
, (WPARAM
) ICON_BIG
,
10005 /************************************************************************
10007 ************************************************************************/
10009 /* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here
10010 helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c.
10012 x_error_catcher (display, error)
10013 x_catch_errors (dpy)
10014 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val)
10015 x_check_errors (dpy, format)
10016 x_had_errors_p (dpy)
10017 x_clear_errors (dpy)
10018 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count)
10020 x_connection_signal (signalnum)
10021 x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message)
10022 x_error_quitter (display, error)
10023 x_error_handler (display, error)
10024 x_io_error_quitter (display)
10029 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
10031 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
10032 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
10033 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
10034 The return value shows which font we chose. */
10037 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
10039 register char *fontname
;
10041 struct font_info
*fontp
10042 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
10047 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
10048 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
10049 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
10051 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
10052 if (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
> 0)
10054 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
10055 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
+ wid
-1) / wid
;
10059 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
10060 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
10063 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
10064 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
10066 frame_update_line_height (f
);
10067 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
10068 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, f
->width
, f
->height
);
10071 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
10072 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
10073 f
->output_data
.w32
->line_height
= FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
10075 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
10078 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
10079 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
10080 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
10081 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
10084 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
10088 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
10089 Lisp_Object result
;
10094 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
10095 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
10097 return fontset_name (fontset
);
10099 result
= x_new_font (f
, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset
))->data
));
10101 if (!STRINGP (result
))
10102 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
10105 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
10106 FRAME_FONTSET(f
) = fontset
;
10108 return build_string (fontsetname
);
10111 /* Compute actual fringe widths */
10114 x_compute_fringe_widths (f
, redraw
)
10118 int o_left
= f
->output_data
.w32
->left_fringe_width
;
10119 int o_right
= f
->output_data
.w32
->right_fringe_width
;
10120 int o_cols
= f
->output_data
.w32
->fringe_cols
;
10122 Lisp_Object left_fringe
= Fassq (Qleft_fringe
, f
->param_alist
);
10123 Lisp_Object right_fringe
= Fassq (Qright_fringe
, f
->param_alist
);
10124 int left_fringe_width
, right_fringe_width
;
10126 if (!NILP (left_fringe
))
10127 left_fringe
= Fcdr (left_fringe
);
10128 if (!NILP (right_fringe
))
10129 right_fringe
= Fcdr (right_fringe
);
10131 left_fringe_width
= ((NILP (left_fringe
) || !INTEGERP (left_fringe
)) ? 8 :
10132 XINT (left_fringe
));
10133 right_fringe_width
= ((NILP (right_fringe
) || !INTEGERP (right_fringe
)) ? 8 :
10134 XINT (right_fringe
));
10136 if (left_fringe_width
|| right_fringe_width
)
10138 int left_wid
= left_fringe_width
>= 0 ? left_fringe_width
: -left_fringe_width
;
10139 int right_wid
= right_fringe_width
>= 0 ? right_fringe_width
: -right_fringe_width
;
10140 int conf_wid
= left_wid
+ right_wid
;
10141 int font_wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.w32
->font
);
10142 int cols
= (left_wid
+ right_wid
+ font_wid
-1) / font_wid
;
10143 int real_wid
= cols
* font_wid
;
10144 if (left_wid
&& right_wid
)
10146 if (left_fringe_width
< 0)
10148 /* Left fringe width is fixed, adjust right fringe if necessary */
10149 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_fringe_width
= left_wid
;
10150 f
->output_data
.w32
->right_fringe_width
= real_wid
- left_wid
;
10152 else if (right_fringe_width
< 0)
10154 /* Right fringe width is fixed, adjust left fringe if necessary */
10155 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_fringe_width
= real_wid
- right_wid
;
10156 f
->output_data
.w32
->right_fringe_width
= right_wid
;
10160 /* Adjust both fringes with an equal amount.
10161 Note that we are doing integer arithmetic here, so don't
10162 lose a pixel if the total width is an odd number. */
10163 int fill
= real_wid
- conf_wid
;
10164 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_fringe_width
= left_wid
+ fill
/2;
10165 f
->output_data
.w32
->right_fringe_width
= right_wid
+ fill
- fill
/2;
10168 else if (left_fringe_width
)
10170 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_fringe_width
= real_wid
;
10171 f
->output_data
.w32
->right_fringe_width
= 0;
10175 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_fringe_width
= 0;
10176 f
->output_data
.w32
->right_fringe_width
= real_wid
;
10178 f
->output_data
.w32
->fringe_cols
= cols
;
10179 f
->output_data
.w32
->fringes_extra
= real_wid
;
10183 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_fringe_width
= 0;
10184 f
->output_data
.w32
->right_fringe_width
= 0;
10185 f
->output_data
.w32
->fringe_cols
= 0;
10186 f
->output_data
.w32
->fringes_extra
= 0;
10189 if (redraw
&& FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10190 if (o_left
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->left_fringe_width
||
10191 o_right
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->right_fringe_width
||
10192 o_cols
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->fringe_cols
)
10196 /***********************************************************************
10197 TODO: W32 Input Methods
10198 ***********************************************************************/
10199 /* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step.
10201 xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data)
10202 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name)
10204 xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data)
10205 xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name)
10206 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo)
10211 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
10212 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
10215 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
10219 int flags
= f
->output_data
.w32
->size_hint_flags
;
10223 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
10224 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
10225 But do this only if we will need the results. */
10226 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
10229 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
10230 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
,
10237 rt
.left
= rt
.right
= rt
.top
= rt
.bottom
= 0;
10240 AdjustWindowRect(&rt
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
10241 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
));
10244 pt
.x
+= (rt
.right
- rt
.left
);
10245 pt
.y
+= (rt
.bottom
- rt
.top
);
10248 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
10249 position that fits on the screen. */
10250 if (flags
& XNegative
)
10251 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
= (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
10252 - 2 * f
->output_data
.w32
->border_width
- pt
.x
10254 + f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
);
10256 if (flags
& YNegative
)
10257 f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
= (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
10258 - 2 * f
->output_data
.w32
->border_width
- pt
.y
10260 + f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
);
10261 /* The left_pos and top_pos
10262 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
10263 so the flags should correspond. */
10264 f
->output_data
.w32
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
10267 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
10268 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
10269 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
10270 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
10271 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
10274 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
10276 register int xoff
, yoff
;
10277 int change_gravity
;
10279 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
10281 if (change_gravity
> 0)
10283 f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
= yoff
;
10284 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
= xoff
;
10285 f
->output_data
.w32
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
10287 f
->output_data
.w32
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
10289 f
->output_data
.w32
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
10290 f
->output_data
.w32
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
10292 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
10295 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
10297 modified_left
= f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
;
10298 modified_top
= f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
;
10300 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
10302 modified_left
, modified_top
,
10304 SWP_NOZORDER
| SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
10309 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
10310 If so needed, resize the frame. */
10312 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
10315 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10317 int width
, height
, ign
;
10319 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
,
10320 &f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
);
10322 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
10324 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
10325 when setting WM manager hints.
10326 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
10327 x_check_fullscreen_move. */
10328 if (f
->width
!= width
|| f
->height
!= height
)
10330 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
10331 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10332 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
10334 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
10335 f
->output_data
.w32
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
10340 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
10341 the window. This is done in xfns.c.
10342 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
10343 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
10344 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
10345 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
10347 x_check_fullscreen_move (f
)
10350 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT
)
10352 int expect_top
= f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
;
10353 int expect_left
= f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
;
10355 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10357 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10360 if (expect_top
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
10361 || expect_left
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
)
10362 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
10364 /* Just do this once */
10365 f
->output_data
.w32
->want_fullscreen
&= ~FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT
;
10370 /* Calculate fullscreen size. Return in *TOP_POS and *LEFT_POS the
10371 wanted positions of the WM window (not emacs window).
10372 Return in *WIDTH and *HEIGHT the wanted width and height of Emacs
10373 window (FRAME_X_WINDOW).
10376 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, width
, height
, top_pos
, left_pos
)
10383 int newwidth
= f
->width
, newheight
= f
->height
;
10385 *top_pos
= f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
;
10386 *left_pos
= f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
;
10388 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10392 ph
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
;
10393 newheight
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, ph
);
10394 ph
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, newheight
)
10395 - f
->output_data
.w32
->y_pixels_diff
;
10396 newheight
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, ph
);
10400 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10404 pw
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
;
10405 newwidth
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, pw
);
10406 pw
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, newwidth
)
10407 - f
->output_data
.w32
->x_pixels_diff
;
10408 newwidth
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, pw
);
10413 *height
= newheight
;
10417 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
10418 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
10419 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
10420 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10423 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
10425 int change_gravity
;
10428 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
10432 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
10433 f
->output_data
.w32
->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
10434 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
10436 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.w32
->font
)));
10438 x_compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
10440 pixelwidth
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
10441 pixelheight
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
10443 f
->output_data
.w32
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
10444 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
10449 rect
.left
= rect
.top
= 0;
10450 rect
.right
= pixelwidth
;
10451 rect
.bottom
= pixelheight
;
10453 AdjustWindowRect(&rect
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
10454 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
));
10456 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
10459 rect
.right
- rect
.left
,
10460 rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
,
10461 SWP_NOZORDER
| SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
10464 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
10465 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
10466 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
10467 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
10469 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
10470 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
10471 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
10472 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
10473 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
10475 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
10477 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
10478 PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
10479 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
10481 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
10482 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
10483 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
10484 we have to make sure to do it here. */
10485 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10487 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
10488 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
10490 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
10491 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
10492 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
10493 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
10494 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
10499 /* Mouse warping. */
10501 void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
);
10504 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
10510 pix_x
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, x
) + FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.w32
->font
) / 2;
10511 pix_y
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, y
) + f
->output_data
.w32
->line_height
/ 2;
10513 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
10514 if (pix_x
> PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
10516 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
10517 if (pix_y
> PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10519 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
);
10523 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
10532 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rect
);
10533 pt
.x
= rect
.left
+ pix_x
;
10534 pt
.y
= rect
.top
+ pix_y
;
10535 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &pt
);
10537 SetCursorPos (pt
.x
, pt
.y
);
10543 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
10546 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
10549 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
10551 /* Give input focus to frame. */
10554 /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */
10555 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, GetForegroundWindow ()))
10556 my_set_focus (f
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
10559 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
10564 x_unfocus_frame (f
)
10569 /* Raise frame F. */
10576 /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z
10577 order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behaviour
10578 on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this
10579 behaviour would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is
10582 On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets
10583 input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be
10584 completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it
10585 is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually
10586 click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move
10587 point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program
10588 raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now
10589 completely obscured) with input focus.
10591 Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user
10592 to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics
10593 optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */
10595 if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise
))
10597 /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is
10598 not already the foreground application: the frame is raised
10599 above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the
10600 current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this
10601 more cumbersome method. */
10603 HDWP handle
= BeginDeferWindowPos (2);
10606 DeferWindowPos (handle
,
10607 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
10610 SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
10612 DeferWindowPos (handle
,
10613 GetForegroundWindow (),
10614 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
10616 SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
10618 EndDeferWindowPos (handle
);
10623 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
10629 /* Lower frame F. */
10635 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
10638 SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
10643 w32_frame_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
10647 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
10656 /* Change of visibility. */
10658 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
10659 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
10660 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
10661 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
10662 but it will become visible later when the window manager
10663 finishes with it. */
10666 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
10673 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
10675 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
10677 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10679 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
10680 call x_set_offset a second time
10681 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
10682 before the window gets really visible. */
10683 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10684 && ! f
->output_data
.w32
->asked_for_visible
)
10685 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
, 0);
10687 f
->output_data
.w32
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
10689 /* my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW); */
10690 my_show_window (f
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), SW_SHOWNORMAL
);
10693 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
10694 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
10695 so that incoming events are handled. */
10700 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
10703 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10705 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
10706 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
10707 MapNotify at all.. */
10708 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
10709 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
10711 /* Force processing of queued events. */
10712 /* TODO: x_sync equivalent? */
10714 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
10715 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
10716 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
10717 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
10718 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
10719 if (input_polling_used ())
10721 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
10722 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
10723 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
10724 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
10725 poll_for_input_1 ();
10726 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
10729 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
10733 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
10735 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
10737 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
10740 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10741 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_highlight_frame
== f
)
10742 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_highlight_frame
= 0;
10746 my_show_window (f
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), SW_HIDE
);
10748 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
10749 just by the event that we get from the server.
10750 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
10751 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
10752 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
10754 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
10755 f
->async_visible
= 0;
10756 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
10761 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
10764 x_iconify_frame (f
)
10769 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10770 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_highlight_frame
== f
)
10771 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_highlight_frame
= 0;
10773 if (f
->async_iconified
)
10778 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
10780 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
10782 /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */
10783 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_SYSCOMMAND
, SC_MINIMIZE
, 0);
10789 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
10792 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
10795 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10799 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
))
10800 my_destroy_window (f
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
10802 free_frame_menubar (f
);
10804 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
10805 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
10806 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
);
10807 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
10808 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->border_pixel
);
10809 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
);
10810 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
10811 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->white_relief
.pixel
);
10812 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
10813 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->black_relief
.pixel
);
10815 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
10816 free_frame_faces (f
);
10818 xfree (f
->output_data
.w32
);
10819 f
->output_data
.w32
= NULL
;
10821 if (f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
10822 dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
= 0;
10823 if (f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
)
10824 dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10825 if (f
== dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
)
10826 dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
= 0;
10828 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
10830 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
10831 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10832 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
10833 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10834 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10835 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10836 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10843 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
10845 x_destroy_window (f
)
10848 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10850 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
10852 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
10856 /* Setting window manager hints. */
10858 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
10859 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
10860 that the window now has.
10861 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
10862 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
10864 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
10869 Window window
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
10873 SetWindowLong (window
, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX
, FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.w32
->font
));
10874 SetWindowLong (window
, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX
, f
->output_data
.w32
->line_height
);
10875 SetWindowLong (window
, WND_BORDER_INDEX
, f
->output_data
.w32
->internal_border_width
);
10876 SetWindowLong (window
, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX
, f
->output_data
.w32
->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
);
10881 /* Window manager things */
10882 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
10884 int icon_x
, icon_y
;
10887 Window window
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
10889 f
->display
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
10890 f
->display
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
10891 f
->display
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
10893 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->display
.x
->wm_hints
);
10898 /***********************************************************************
10900 ***********************************************************************/
10902 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
10903 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
10905 x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
10906 x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
10912 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
10916 x_check_font (f
, font
)
10921 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10923 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
10925 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10926 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10927 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
10930 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
10933 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10935 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
10936 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
10937 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
10938 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
10939 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
10942 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
10947 * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only
10948 * average and maximum width, and maximum height.
10950 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
10951 *w
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
10955 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
10956 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
10957 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
10958 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
10959 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
10962 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
10966 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10968 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
10969 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
10971 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
10972 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
10974 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
10975 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10977 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
10980 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
10981 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
10982 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
10984 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
10985 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
10988 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
10989 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
10991 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
10992 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
10993 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
10996 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
10997 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
10999 x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
11000 x_query_font (f, fontname)
11001 x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
11005 /***********************************************************************
11007 ***********************************************************************/
11009 static int w32_initialized
= 0;
11012 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name
)
11013 Lisp_Object display_name
;
11015 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
11017 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof (*dpyinfo
));
11019 /* Put it on w32_display_name_list. */
11020 w32_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
11021 w32_display_name_list
);
11022 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (w32_display_name_list
);
11024 dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
11025 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name
)->size
11026 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name
)->size
11028 sprintf (dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
, "%s@%s",
11029 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name
)->data
, XSTRING (Vsystem_name
)->data
);
11031 /* Default Console mode values - overridden when running in GUI mode
11032 with values obtained from system metrics. */
11035 dpyinfo
->height_in
= 1;
11036 dpyinfo
->width_in
= 1;
11037 dpyinfo
->n_planes
= 1;
11038 dpyinfo
->n_cbits
= 4;
11039 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
11040 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 1;
11041 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 1;
11043 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
11044 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
11045 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
11046 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
11047 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
11048 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
11049 /* TODO: dpyinfo->gray */
11053 struct w32_display_info
*
11054 w32_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
11055 Lisp_Object display_name
;
11057 char *resource_name
;
11059 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11064 if (!w32_initialized
)
11067 w32_initialized
= 1;
11078 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
11079 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
11083 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name
);
11085 dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
11087 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11088 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
11089 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
11091 hdc
= GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ());
11093 dpyinfo
->height
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTRES
);
11094 dpyinfo
->width
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZRES
);
11095 dpyinfo
->root_window
= GetDesktopWindow ();
11096 dpyinfo
->n_planes
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, PLANES
);
11097 dpyinfo
->n_cbits
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, BITSPIXEL
);
11098 dpyinfo
->resx
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, LOGPIXELSX
);
11099 dpyinfo
->resy
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, LOGPIXELSY
);
11100 dpyinfo
->has_palette
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, RASTERCAPS
) & RC_PALETTE
;
11101 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
11102 dpyinfo
->height_in
= dpyinfo
->height
/ dpyinfo
->resx
;
11103 dpyinfo
->width_in
= dpyinfo
->width
/ dpyinfo
->resy
;
11104 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc
);
11106 /* initialise palette with white and black */
11109 w32_defined_color (0, "white", &color
, 1);
11110 w32_defined_color (0, "black", &color
, 1);
11113 /* Create Row Bitmaps and store them for later use. */
11114 left_bmp
= CreateBitmap (left_width
, left_height
, 1, 1, left_bits
);
11115 ov_bmp
= CreateBitmap (ov_width
, ov_height
, 1, 1, ov_bits
);
11116 right_bmp
= CreateBitmap (right_width
, right_height
, 1, 1, right_bits
);
11117 continued_bmp
= CreateBitmap (continued_width
, continued_height
, 1,
11118 1, continued_bits
);
11119 continuation_bmp
= CreateBitmap (continuation_width
, continuation_height
,
11120 1, 1, continuation_bits
);
11121 zv_bmp
= CreateBitmap (zv_width
, zv_height
, 1, 1, zv_bits
);
11123 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
11125 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
11126 /* stdin is a socket here */
11127 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
11128 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11129 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
11130 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11131 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
11132 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
11135 if (interrupt_input
)
11136 init_sigio (connection
);
11137 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
11144 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
11147 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
11148 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11150 /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list.
11151 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
11152 if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list
)
11153 && EQ (XCAR (w32_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
11154 w32_display_name_list
= XCDR (w32_display_name_list
);
11159 tail
= w32_display_name_list
;
11160 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
11162 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
11164 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
11167 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
11171 /* free palette table */
11173 struct w32_palette_entry
* plist
;
11175 plist
= dpyinfo
->color_list
;
11178 struct w32_palette_entry
* pentry
= plist
;
11179 plist
= plist
->next
;
11182 dpyinfo
->color_list
= NULL
;
11183 if (dpyinfo
->palette
)
11184 DeleteObject(dpyinfo
->palette
);
11186 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
11187 xfree (dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
);
11189 /* Destroy row bitmaps. */
11190 DeleteObject (left_bmp
);
11191 DeleteObject (ov_bmp
);
11192 DeleteObject (right_bmp
);
11193 DeleteObject (continued_bmp
);
11194 DeleteObject (continuation_bmp
);
11195 DeleteObject (zv_bmp
);
11198 /* Set up use of W32. */
11200 DWORD
w32_msg_worker ();
11203 x_flush (struct frame
* f
)
11204 { /* Nothing to do */ }
11206 static struct redisplay_interface w32_redisplay_interface
=
11211 x_clear_end_of_line
,
11213 x_after_update_window_line
,
11214 x_update_window_begin
,
11215 x_update_window_end
,
11218 x_clear_mouse_face
,
11219 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
11220 x_fix_overlapping_area
11226 rif
= &w32_redisplay_interface
;
11228 /* MSVC does not type K&R functions with no arguments correctly, and
11229 so we must explicitly cast them. */
11230 clear_frame_hook
= (void (*)(void)) x_clear_frame
;
11231 ring_bell_hook
= (void (*)(void)) w32_ring_bell
;
11232 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
11233 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
11235 read_socket_hook
= w32_read_socket
;
11237 frame_up_to_date_hook
= w32_frame_up_to_date
;
11239 mouse_position_hook
= w32_mouse_position
;
11240 frame_rehighlight_hook
= w32_frame_rehighlight
;
11241 frame_raise_lower_hook
= w32_frame_raise_lower
;
11242 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar
;
11243 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= w32_condemn_scroll_bars
;
11244 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= w32_redeem_scroll_bar
;
11245 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= w32_judge_scroll_bars
;
11246 estimate_mode_line_height_hook
= x_estimate_mode_line_height
;
11248 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
11249 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
11250 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
11251 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
11252 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
11256 w32_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
11257 w32_system_caret_height
= 0;
11258 w32_system_caret_x
= 0;
11259 w32_system_caret_y
= 0;
11261 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
11262 any_help_event_p
= 0;
11264 /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow
11265 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */
11266 Fset_input_mode (Qnil
, Qnil
, make_number (2), Qnil
);
11268 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
11272 dwMainThreadId
= GetCurrentThreadId ();
11273 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
11274 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread
, 0, TRUE
, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS
);
11276 /* Wait for thread to start */
11281 PeekMessage (&msg
, NULL
, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE
);
11283 hWindowsThread
= CreateThread (NULL
, 0,
11284 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE
) w32_msg_worker
,
11285 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId
);
11287 GetMessage (&msg
, NULL
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, WM_EMACS_DONE
);
11290 /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of
11291 focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the
11292 following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what
11293 we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console
11294 program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so
11295 instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API
11296 calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus
11298 #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS
11299 AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId
, dwWindowsThreadId
, TRUE
);
11302 /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */
11304 HANDLE user_lib
= LoadLibrary ("user32.dll");
11306 #define LOAD_PROC(fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (user_lib, #fn)
11308 /* New proportional scroll bar functions. */
11309 LOAD_PROC (SetScrollInfo
);
11310 LOAD_PROC (GetScrollInfo
);
11314 FreeLibrary (user_lib
);
11316 /* If using proportional scroll bars, ensure handle is at least 5 pixels;
11317 otherwise use the fixed height. */
11318 vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle
= (pfnSetScrollInfo
!= NULL
) ? 5 :
11319 GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVTHUMB
);
11321 /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these
11322 effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */
11323 vertical_scroll_bar_top_border
= vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border
11324 = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL
);
11331 staticpro (&w32_display_name_list
);
11332 w32_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11334 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11335 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11337 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11338 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11340 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons",
11341 &Vw32_num_mouse_buttons
,
11342 doc
: /* Number of physical mouse buttons. */);
11343 Vw32_num_mouse_buttons
= Qnil
;
11345 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons",
11346 &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
,
11347 doc
: /* Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.
11348 When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3. */);
11349 Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
= Qnil
;
11351 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise",
11352 &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise
,
11353 doc
: /* Raised frame grabs input focus.
11354 When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well
11355 with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be
11356 desirable when using a point-to-focus policy. */);
11357 Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise
= Qt
;
11359 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock",
11360 &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock
,
11361 doc
: /* Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys.
11362 When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys. */);
11363 Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock
= Qnil
;
11365 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-recognize-altgr",
11366 &Vw32_recognize_altgr
,
11367 doc
: /* Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr.
11368 When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is
11369 interpreted normally. */);
11370 Vw32_recognize_altgr
= Qt
;
11372 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-unicode-output",
11373 &w32_enable_unicode_output
,
11374 doc
: /* Enable the use of Unicode for text output if non-nil.
11375 Unicode output may prevent some third party applications for displaying
11376 Far-East Languages on Windows 95/98 from working properly.
11377 NT uses Unicode internally anyway, so this flag will probably have no
11378 affect on NT machines. */);
11379 w32_enable_unicode_output
= 1;
11382 staticpro (&help_echo
);
11383 help_echo_object
= Qnil
;
11384 staticpro (&help_echo_object
);
11385 help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
11386 staticpro (&help_echo_window
);
11387 previous_help_echo
= Qnil
;
11388 staticpro (&previous_help_echo
);
11389 help_echo_pos
= -1;
11391 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mouse-autoselect-window", &mouse_autoselect_window
,
11392 doc
: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer. */);
11393 mouse_autoselect_window
= 0;
11395 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-use-visible-system-caret",
11396 &w32_use_visible_system_caret
,
11397 doc
: /* Flag to make the system caret visible.
11398 When this is non-nil, Emacs will indicate the position of point by
11399 using the system caret instead of drawing its own cursor. Some screen
11400 reader software does not track the system cursor properly when it is
11401 invisible, and gets confused by Emacs drawing its own cursor, so this
11402 variable is initialized to t when Emacs detects that screen reader
11403 software is running as it starts up.
11405 When this variable is set, other variables affecting the appearance of
11406 the cursor have no effect. */);
11408 /* Initialize w32_use_visible_system_caret based on whether a screen
11409 reader is in use. */
11410 if (!SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETSCREENREADER
, 0,
11411 &w32_use_visible_system_caret
, 0))
11412 w32_use_visible_system_caret
= 0;
11414 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p
,
11415 doc
: /* *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.
11416 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as
11417 wide as that tab on the display. */);
11418 x_stretch_cursor_p
= 0;
11420 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11421 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11422 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11423 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11424 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11425 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11426 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11428 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11429 doc
: /* If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */);
11430 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qt
;
11432 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11433 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;